Keysight M9420A Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Keysight Manuals
  4. Transceiver
  5. M9420A
  6. Manual

Keysight M9420A Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for M9420A:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
Keysight M9420A
VXT Vector Transceiver
Notice: This document contains references to Agilent.
Please note that Agilent's Test and Measurement
business has become Keysight Technologies. For more
information, go to
www.keysight.com.
N9077A WLAN
Measurement
Application User's &
Programmer's
Reference

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the M9420A and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Keysight M9420A

Summary of Contents for Keysight M9420A

  • Page 1 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver Notice: This document contains references to Agilent. Please note that Agilent’s Test and Measurement business has become Keysight Technologies. For more information, go to www.keysight.com. N9077A WLAN Measurement Application User’s & Programmer’s Reference...
  • Page 2 DOCUMENT OR ANY INFORMATION reproduce, release, perform, CONTAINED HEREIN. SHOULD display, or disclose commercial KEYSIGHT AND THE USER HAVE A SEPARATE WRITTEN AGREEMENT computer software or WITH WARRANTY TERMS commercial computer software COVERING THE MATERIAL IN THIS...
  • Page 3 Table of Contents 1 About the Transceiver Installing Application Software Viewing a License Key Obtaining and Installing a License Key Updating Measurement Application Software M9420A Options and Accessories Virtual Front-Panel Features Display Annotations Window Control Keys Virtual Front Panel Windows Control Menu...
  • Page 4 Table of Contents Operation Register Operation Condition Query Operation Enable Operation Event Query Operation Negative Transition Operation Positive Transition Preset the Status Byte Questionable Register Questionable Condition Questionable Enable Questionable Event Query Questionable Negative Transition Questionable Positive Transition Questionable Calibration Register Questionable Calibration Condition Questionable Calibration Enable Questionable Calibration Event Query...
  • Page 5 Table of Contents Questionable Integrity Register Questionable Integrity Condition Questionable Integrity Enable Questionable Integrity Event Query Questionable Integrity Negative Transition Questionable Integrity Positive Transition Questionable Integrity Signal Register Questionable Integrity Signal Condition Questionable Integrity Signal Enable Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query Questionable Integrity Signal Negative Transition Questionable Integrity Signal Positive Transition Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Register...
  • Page 6 Table of Contents Trigger Self Test Query Wait-to-Continue 4 Input/Output Functions Input/Output Input/Output variables - Preset behavior RF Input Input Z Correction RF Input Port RF Input External Gain Ext Preamp More Information Restore Input/Output Defaults Data Source Inputs Capture Buffer Current Meas ->...
  • Page 7 Table of Contents External Ext Ref Freq RF Output & Test Set Config RF Output RF Output Output Config Trig Out Polarity Sweeping (HSWP) Measuring Main Trigger Gate Trigger Gate Odd/Even Trace Point Trig Out Source Marker 1 Source Marker 2 Source Marker 3 Source Marker 4 Analog Out...
  • Page 8 Table of Contents LTE-Advanced FDD LTE-Advanced TDD Application Mode Number Selection (Remote Command Only) Application Mode Catalog Query (Remote Command Only) Application Identification (Remote Commands Only) Current Application Model Current Application Revision Current Application Options Application Identification Catalog (Remote Commands Only) Application Catalog Number of Entries Application Catalog Model Numbers Application Catalog Revision...
  • Page 9 Table of Contents 802.11n 20 MHz 802.11n 40 MHz 802.11ac 802.11ac 20 MHz 802.11ac 40 MHz 802.11ac 80 MHz 802.11ac 80+80 MHz 802.11ac 160 MHz 802.11ah 802.11ah 1 MHz 802.11ah 2 MHz 802.11ah 4 MHz 802.11ah 8 MHz 802.11ah 16 MHz Restore Mode Defaults Preset Type (Remote Command Only) 6 System Functions...
  • Page 10 Table of Contents Computer System description (Remote Command Only) Hardware System Remote Commands (Remote Commands Only) System Powerdown (Remote Command Only) System Log Off (Remote Command Only) List installed Options (Remote Command Only) Lock the Front-panel keys (Remote Command Only) Front Panel activity history (Remote Command only) SCPI activity history (Remote Command only) Instrument start time (Remote Command only)

  • Page 11: Table Of Contents

    Table of Contents Configuration Memory Available (Remote Command Only) Configuration Memory Total (Remote Command Only) Configuration Memory Used (Remote Command Only) Configuration Application Memory (Remote Command Only) Alignments Align Now All (Daily use) All but RF RF (Weekly use) Source (Weekly use) Show Alignment Statistics Restore Align Defaults Execute Expired Alignments (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 12 Table of Contents Self test All Self Test FEC Self Test Show Result Internet Explorer… 7 Trigger Functions Trigger Trigger Source Presets RF Trigger Source I/Q Trigger Source More Information Free Run Video (IF Envelope) Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay External 1 Trigger Level Trig Slope...
  • Page 13 Table of Contents Trig Holdoff Holdoff Type Internal 8 Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Ref Value Range Range Adjust Range For Min Clip Pre-Adjust for Min Clip Peak to Average Mixer Level Offset Scale/Div Ref Position Auto Scaling Auto Couple More Information Auto/Man Active Function keys Auto/Man 1-of-N keys...
  • Page 14 Table of Contents Backward Compatibility SCPI Commands Marker Function Marker To Meas Remote Measurement Functions Measurement Group of Commands Current Measurement Query (Remote Command Only) Limit Test Current Results (Remote Command Only) Data Query (Remote Command Only) Calculate/Compress Trace Data Query (Remote Command Only) Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) Hardware-Accelerated Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Reset Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 15 Table of Contents Print Quick Save Recall State More Information From File… Edit Register Names Register 1 thru Register 16 Register 1 thru Register 16 Sequences Source Sequence Open… Data (Import) Masks Capture Buffer Open… Restart More Information Save State To File .

  • Page 16: Register 1 Thru Register

    Table of Contents Meas Results Capture Buffer Save As . . . Screen Image Themes 3D Color 3D Monochrome Flat Color Flat Monochrome Save As… Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) More Information Source RF Output Amplitude RF Power RF Power Range RF Power Range Set Reference Power Power Ref Amptd Offset...
  • Page 17 Table of Contents Trigger Initiate Waveform Sequences Waveform Utilities Marker Utilities Header Utilities AM Depth AM Rate FM Deviation FM Rate PM Deviation PM Rate List Sequencer Sequencer Initiate Sequence List Sequencer Setup Number of Steps Current Step Insert Step Before Delete Step Clear List Step Trigger...
  • Page 18 Table of Contents Source Preset Span X Scale Span Full Span Last Span Sweep/Control Sweep Time Sweep Setup Auto Sweep Time Rules Pause Gate Gate On/Off Gate View On/Off Gate View Setup Gate View Acquisition Time Gate View Start Time Gate Delay Gate Length Gate Source...
  • Page 19 Table of Contents Trig Slope Trig Delay Zero Span Delay Comp External 2 Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay Zero Span Delay Comp RF Burst Absolute Trigger Relative Trigger Trig Slope Trig Delay Periodic Timer Period Offset Reset Offset Display Sync Source External 1 External 2...
  • Page 20 Table of Contents Annotation Local Settings Themes Bar Graph 9 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude/Y Scale) Ref Value Range Range Adjust Range For Min Clip Pre-Adjust for Min Clip Peak to Average Mixer Level Offset Scale/Div Ref Position Auto Scaling Auto Couple More Information...
  • Page 21 Table of Contents RF Center Freq Ext Mix Center Freq I/Q Center Freq CF Step Input/Output Marker Select Marker Select Marker Marker Type Properties Select Marker Select Marker Relative To All Markers Off Marker X Axis Value (Remote Command Only) Marker X Axis Position (Remote Command Only) Marker Y Axis Value (Remote Command Only) Backward Compatibility SCPI Commands...
  • Page 22 Table of Contents Occ BW % Pwr Power Ref x dB Limit (for all modes except MSR and  LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD) Meas Preset Max Hold (Remote Command Only) Mode Mode Preset How-To Preset Mode Setup Peak Search Print Quick Save Recall State More Information From File…...
  • Page 23 Table of Contents Mass Storage Move (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Remove Directory (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Determine Removable Media (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Write-protect status (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Determine Removable Media size (Remote Command Only) Sequences...
  • Page 24 Table of Contents Radio Standard Radio Band Link Set Reference Frequency Freq Reference Freq Offset Modulation Setup Select Waveform ARB Setup Trigger Type Trigger Initiate Waveform Sequences Waveform Utilities Marker Utilities Header Utilities AM Depth AM Rate FM Deviation FM Rate PM Deviation PM Rate List Sequencer...
  • Page 25 Table of Contents Power Waveform Step Duration Output Trigger Repetition Single Continuous Trigger Type BeginningOfStep DataMarker Manual Trigger Now Source Preset Span X Scale Span Full Span Last Span Sweep/Control Sweep Time Sweep Setup Auto Sweep Time Rules Pause Gate Gate On/Off Gate View On/Off Gate View Setup...
  • Page 26 Table of Contents Detector Auto Detector Selection Trigger Free Run Video Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay External 1 Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay Zero Span Delay Comp External 2 Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay Zero Span Delay Comp RF Burst Absolute Trigger Relative Trigger...
  • Page 27 Table of Contents 10 Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Ref Value Range Range Adjust Range For Min Clip Pre-Adjust for Min Clip Peak to Average Mixer Level Offset Scale/Div Ref Position Auto Scaling Auto Couple More Information Auto/Man Active Function keys Auto/Man 1-of-N keys Filter Type Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep)
  • Page 28 Table of Contents Data Query (Remote Command Only) Calculate/Compress Trace Data Query (Remote Command Only) Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) Hardware-Accelerated Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Reset Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Define Fast Power Measurement Query (Remote Command Only) Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 29 Table of Contents Rel Start Rel Stop Fail Mask Offset Freq Define Mask Control (only for WLAN) Mask State Standard IEEE FCC Class A FCC Class B FCC Class C FCC Class D ETSI CCH SCH1/5/6 ETSI SCH2/3 ETSI SCH4 Method Filter Alpha Meas Preset...
  • Page 30 Table of Contents To File . . . 1022 Edit Register Names 1024 More Information 1024 Register 1 thru Register 16 1025 Register 1 thru Register 16 1025 Mass Storage Catalog  (Remote Command Only) 1026 Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only) 1027 Mass Storage Copy (Remote Command Only) 1027...
  • Page 31 Table of Contents Amptd Offset 1041 Modulation 1042 Frequency 1043 Frequency 1043 Channel 1044 GSM/EDGE Channel Number Ranges 1044 W-CDMA Channel Number Ranges 1045 CDMA 2000 / 1xEVDO Channel Number Ranges 1047 LTE FDD Channel Number Ranges 1049 LTE TDD Channel Number Ranges 1050 TDSCDMA Channel Number Ranges 1051...
  • Page 32 Table of Contents Initiate Sequence 1110 List Sequencer Setup 1110 Number of Steps 1110 Current Step 1111 Insert Step Before 1111 Delete Step 1111 Clear List 1112 Step Trigger 1112 Transition Time 1114 Radio Setup 1114 Channel 1129 Frequency 1129 Power 1130 Waveform...
  • Page 33 Table of Contents RF Burst 1159 Periodic Timer (Frame Trigger) 1162 Auto/Holdoff 1173 Gate Preset (Remote Command Only) 1174 Gate Level (Remote Command Only) 1175 Gate Polarity (Remote Command Only) 1175 System 1176 Trace/Detector 1177 Trace Type 1177 Chan Detector 1177 Chan Detector Auto 1178...
  • Page 34 Table of Contents External 2 1183 RF Burst 1183 Trig Delay 1183 Auto/Holdoff 1183 Auto Trig 1183 Trig Holdoff 1183 Holdoff Type 1183 Internal 1183 User Preset 1184 User Preset 1184 User Preset All Modes 1185 Save User Preset 1186 View/Display 1187 View Selection by Name (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 35 Table of Contents Results Window 1205 Rel Peak Pwr & Freq (Spectrum Pk Ref) 1205 Trace Window 1206 Results Window 1206 Integrated Power 1207 Integrated Power (Total Pwr Ref) 1207 Trace Window 1209 Results Window 1209 Integrated Power (PSD Ref) 1210 Trace Window 1212...
  • Page 36 Table of Contents Properties 1236 Select Marker 1236 Relative To 1236 Marker Trace 1237 Couple Marker 1237 All Markers Off 1238 Marker To 1239 Meas 1240 Remote Measurement Functions 1240 Measurement Group of Commands 1241 Current Measurement Query (Remote Command Only) 1243 Limit Test Current Results (Remote Command Only) 1243...
  • Page 37 Table of Contents Mode 1274 Mode Preset 1275 How-To Preset 1276 Mode Setup 1278 Peak Search 1279 Print 1280 Properties 1281 Quick Save 1282 Recall 1284 State 1284 More Information 1286 From File… 1286 Edit Register Names 1288 Register 1 thru Register 16 1288 Register 1 thru Register 16 1289...
  • Page 38 Table of Contents Command Only) Mass Storage Determine Removable Media size (Remote Command Only) 1305 Sequences 1306 Source Sequence 1306 Save As . . . 1306 Data (Export) 1307 Meas Results 1307 Capture Buffer 1307 Save As . . . 1308 Screen Image 1308...
  • Page 39 Table of Contents Modulation Setup 1345 1345 1346 Select Waveform 1346 ARB Setup 1351 Trigger Type 1356 1359 Trigger Initiate 1361 Waveform Sequences 1361 Waveform Utilities 1369 Marker Utilities 1374 Header Utilities 1379 1380 1380 AM Depth 1381 AM Rate 1381 1381 1382...
  • Page 40 Table of Contents Single 1413 Continuous 1414 Trigger Type 1414 BeginningOfStep 1414 DataMarker 1415 Manual Trigger Now 1416 Source Preset 1416 SPAN X Scale 1417 Ref Value(Burst View) 1417 Scale/Div(Burst View) 1417 Ref Position(Burst View) 1418 Auto Scaling(Burst View) 1418 Sweep/Control 1420 Pause/Resume...
  • Page 41 Table of Contents Offset Adjust (Remote Command Only) 1426 Reset Offset Display 1426 Sync Source 1426 1426 External 1 1427 External 2 1427 RF Burst 1427 Trig Delay 1427 Auto/Holdoff 1427 Auto Trig 1427 Trig Holdoff 1427 Holdoff Type 1427 Internal 1427 User Preset...
  • Page 42 Table of Contents Peak to Average 1449 Mixer Level Offset 1449 Scale/Div 1450 Ref Position 1450 Auto Scaling 1451 Attenuation 1451 Internal Preamp 1451 Auto Couple 1452 More Information 1452 Auto/Man Active Function keys 1452 Auto/Man 1-of-N keys 1452 1454 Info BW 1454 Filter Type...
  • Page 43 Table of Contents Data Query (Remote Command Only) 1478 Calculate/Compress Trace Data Query (Remote Command Only) 1479 Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) 1484 Hardware-Accelerated Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1485 Reset Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1485 Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1486...
  • Page 44 Table of Contents Sequences 1524 Source Sequence 1524 Open… 1525 Data (Import) 1525 Masks 1526 Capture Buffer 1527 Open… 1527 Restart 1528 More Information 1528 Save 1530 State 1530 To File . . . 1531 Edit Register Names 1533 More Information 1533 Register 1 thru Register 16 1534...
  • Page 45 Table of Contents Save As… 1545 Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) 1546 More Information 1546 Source 1547 RF Output 1547 Amplitude 1547 RF Power 1548 RF Power Range 1549 RF Power Range 1549 Set Reference Power 1549 Power Ref 1550 Amptd Offset 1550 Modulation 1551...
  • Page 46 Table of Contents AM Rate 1615 1615 1616 FM Deviation 1616 FM Rate 1616 1617 1617 PM Deviation 1617 PM Rate 1617 List Sequencer 1618 Sequencer 1618 Initiate Sequence 1619 List Sequencer Setup 1619 Number of Steps 1619 Current Step 1620 Insert Step Before 1620...
  • Page 47 Table of Contents Trace/Detector 1656 Trigger 1657 Free Run 1657 Video 1657 Trigger Level 1657 Trig Slope 1657 Trig Delay 1657 External 1 1657 Trigger Level 1657 Trig Slope 1657 Trig Delay 1657 Zero Span Delay Comp 1657 External 2 1657 Trigger Level 1657...
  • Page 48 Table of Contents Flatness window 1663 Display 1663 Annotation 1663 Meas Bar On/Off 1664 Screen 1665 Active Function Values On/Off 1665 Title 1666 Change Title 1666 Clear Title 1667 Graticule 1668 System Display Settings 1668 Annotation Local Settings 1668 Themes 1669 Limit Line 1670...
  • Page 49 Table of Contents Relative To 1698 Marker Trace 1699 Marker Trace 1699 Couple Markers 1700 All Markers Off 1700 Marker X Axis Value (Remote Command only) 1701 Marker X Axis Position (Remote Command only) 1701 Marker Y Axis Value (Remote Command only) 1702 Backward Compatibility SCPI Commands 1702...
  • Page 50 Table of Contents Subcarrier I/Q Estimation 1739 Limits 1740 BPSK–1/2  Rep2 RMS EVM 1740 BPSK–1/2 RMS EVM 1741 QPSK–1/2 RMS EVM 1741 QPSK–3/4 RMS EVM 1742 16QAM–1/2 RMS EVM 1742 16QAM–3/4 RMS EVM 1742 64QAM–2/3 RMS EVM 1743 64QAM–3/4 RMS EVM 1743 64QAM–5/6 RMS EVM 1744...
  • Page 51 Table of Contents From File… 1765 Edit Register Names 1767 Register 1 thru Register 16 1767 Register 1 thru Register 16 1768 Sequences 1769 Source Sequence 1769 Open… 1770 Data (Import) 1770 Masks 1771 Capture Buffer 1772 Open… 1772 Restart 1773 More Information 1773...
  • Page 52 Table of Contents 3D Color 1789 3D Monochrome 1789 Flat Color 1789 Flat Monochrome 1790 Save As… 1790 Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) 1791 More Information 1791 Source 1792 RF Output 1792 Amplitude 1792 RF Power 1793 RF Power Range 1794 RF Power Range 1794 Set Reference Power 1794...
  • Page 53 Table of Contents Header Utilities 1858 1859 1859 AM Depth 1860 AM Rate 1860 1860 1861 FM Deviation 1861 FM Rate 1861 1862 1862 PM Deviation 1862 PM Rate 1862 List Sequencer 1863 Sequencer 1863 Initiate Sequence 1864 List Sequencer Setup 1864 Number of Steps 1864...
  • Page 54 Table of Contents Trace/Detector 1899 Trigger 1900 Free Run 1900 Video 1900 Trigger Level 1900 Trig Slope 1900 Trig Delay 1900 External 1 1900 Trigger Level 1900 Trig Slope 1900 Trig Delay 1900 Zero Span Delay Comp 1900 External 2 1900 Trigger Level 1900...
  • Page 55 Table of Contents Understanding Front Panel Results to Use Remote Commands 1906 Front Panel Results 1906 View Selection by Name 1907 View Selection by number (SCPI Only) 1908 Display 1909 Annotation 1909 Meas Bar On/Off 1910 Screen 1911 Active Function Values On/Off 1911 Title 1912...
  • Page 56 Table of Contents Scroll Down 1934 First Page 1934 Last Page 1935 Result Metrics 1935 Burst Info & HT-Sig Info 1936 Burst Info Content 1937 HT-Sig Content 1939 L-Sig Content 1940 Preamble Freq Error vs. Time 1940 I/Q Impairments 1941 IQ Gain Imbalance vs.
  • Page 57 Table of Contents Number of Bursts 1966 Radio Standard 1967 Frequency 1967 Peak Power 1968 Expected Power at DUT Output 1968 Burst Length 1969 Prefix 1969 Transition Time 1970 Input Trigger Type 1970 Input Trigger Level 1971 Input Trigger Delay 1971 TX Power Setup 1972...
  • Page 58 Table of Contents 24 Mbits/s RMS EVM 1987 36 Mbits/s RMS EVM 1988 48 Mbits/s RMS EVM 1988 54 Mbits/s RMS EVM 1989 BPSK–1/2 RMS EVM 1990 QPSK–1/2 RMS EVM 1990 QPSK–3/4 RMS EVM 1991 16QAM–1/2 RMS EVM 1992 16QAM–3/4 RMS EVM 1992 64QAM–2/3 RMS EVM 1993...
  • Page 59 Table of Contents Peak Search 2014 SPAN X Scale 2015 Trigger 2016 15 Waveform Measurement 2017 AMPTD Y Scale 2021 Ref Value (RF Envelope View) 2021 Range 2021 Adjust Range For Min Clip 2022 Pre-Adjust for Min Clip 2022 Peak to Average 2023 Mixer Level Offset 2023...
  • Page 60 Table of Contents RF Center Freq 2049 Ext Mix Center Freq 2050 I/Q Center Freq 2051 CF Step 2051 Input/Output 2054 Marker 2055 Select Marker 2055 Marker Type 2055 Properties 2056 Select Marker 2056 Relative To 2056 Marker Trace 2057 Couple Markers 2057 All Markers Off...
  • Page 61 Table of Contents Format Data: Numeric Data (Remote Command Only) 2090 Format Data: Byte Order (Remote Command Only) 2091 Meas Setup 2092 Average/Hold Num 2092 Avg Mode 2092 Avg Type 2093 Avg Type Auto 2094 Meas Time 2094 Sample Rate 2095 Meas Preset 2095...
  • Page 62 Table of Contents Register 1 thru Register 16 2124 Register 1 thru Register 16 2124 Mass Storage Catalog  (Remote Command Only) 2125 Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only) 2126 Mass Storage Copy (Remote Command Only) 2126 Mass Storage Device Copy (Remote Command Only) 2126 Mass Storage Delete  ...
  • Page 63 Table of Contents Frequency 2142 Channel 2143 GSM/EDGE Channel Number Ranges 2143 W-CDMA Channel Number Ranges 2144 CDMA 2000 / 1xEVDO Channel Number Ranges 2146 LTE FDD Channel Number Ranges 2148 LTE TDD Channel Number Ranges 2149 TDSCDMA Channel Number Ranges 2150 Radio Setup 2151...
  • Page 64 Table of Contents Current Step 2210 Insert Step Before 2210 Delete Step 2210 Clear List 2211 Step Trigger 2211 Transition Time 2213 Radio Setup 2213 Channel 2228 Frequency 2228 Power 2229 Waveform 2229 Step Duration 2235 Output Trigger 2237 Repetition 2237 Single 2237...
  • Page 65 Table of Contents Trigger Level 2248 Trig Slope 2248 Trig Delay 2249 Zero Span Delay Comp 2249 RF Burst 2249 Absolute Trigger 2249 Relative Trigger 2249 Trig Slope 2249 Trig Delay 2249 Periodic Timer 2249 Period 2249 Offset 2249 Offset Adjust (Remote Command Only) 2249 Reset Offset Display 2249...
  • Page 66 Table of Contents Themes 2261 RF Envelope 2262 I/Q Waveform 2264 lxvi WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 67 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 1 About the Transceiver The M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver measures and monitors complex RF and microwave signals. The transceiver integrates traditional measurements with advanced vector signal analysis to optimize speed, accuracy, and dynamic range.
  • Page 68 You may want to keep a copy of your license key in a secure location. To do this, you can print out a copy of the display showing the license numbers. If you should lose your license key, call your nearest Keysight Technologies service or sales office for assistance.
  • Page 69 1  About the Transceiver Installing Application Software http://www.keysight.com/find/m9420a You can load the updated software package into the analyzer from a USB drive, or directly from Internet. An automatic loading program is included with the files. WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 70 1. Browse to one of the following URLs, according to the product name of your analyzer: www.keysight.com/find/m9420a 2. The home page for Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver appears (in some cases, you may see an initial splash screen containing a button named View the Webpage, which you should click to display the home page).
  • Page 71 1  About the Transceiver Virtual Front-Panel Features Virtual Front-Panel Features The instrument's Virtual Front-panel features are fully detailed in the section "Virtual Front-Panel Features" of the M9420A Getting Started Guide. WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 72 1  About the Transceiver Display Annotations Display Annotations Display Annotations are fully detailed under the Section "Display Annotations" of the M9420A Getting Started Guide. WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 73 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys Window Control Keys The instrument provides three virtual-front-panel keys or four menu items for controlling windows. Virtual Front Panel The virtual-front-panel keys are Multi Window, Zoom, and Next Window. These are all “immediate action” keys.
  • Page 74 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys Multi-Window The Multi Window front-panel key will toggle you back and forth between the Normal View and the last Multi Window View (Zone Span, Trace Zoom or Spectrogram) that you were in, when using the Swept SA measurement of the Spectrum Analyzer Mode. ...
  • Page 75 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys RTSA measurements: Only two windows are available in the Spectrogram view under the Spectrum measurement and up to three windows are available in the Power vs. Time measurement, depending on the view set up. Remote Command :DISPlay:WINDow[:SELect] <number>...
  • Page 76 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys Key Path Display Remote Command :DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 :DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe]? Preset Unaffected by Preset but set to Off  by Restore Misc Defaults or shutdown and restart State Saved Not saved in instrument state. Backwards :DISPlay:MENU[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 Compatibility SCPI This emulates ESA full screen functionality, which is the same as the FSCReen command in PSA except that the sense of on/off is reversed (that is, OFF means the menus are OFF, so Fullscreen is...
  • Page 77 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys State Saved Not saved in instrument state. Backwards Compatibility SYST:PRES no longer turns on DISPlay:ENABle as it did in legacy analyzers Notes Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 78 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control Mouse and Keyboard Control If you do not have access to the instrument front-panel, there are several ways that a mouse and PC Keyboard can give you access to functions normally accessed using the front-panel keys. For instrument lacking a physical front panel display, you can watch the instrument display via external monitor or remote desktop connection Right-Click...
  • Page 79 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control This method can be used to access any of the front-panel keys by using a mouse; as for example if you are accessing the instrument through Remote Desktop. The array of keys thus available is shown below: WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 80 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control PC Keyboard If you have a PC keyboard plugged in (or via Remote Desktop), certain key codes on the PC keyboard map to front-panel keys on the GPSA front panel. These key codes are shown below: Front-panel key Key code Frequency...
  • Page 81 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control Front-panel key Key code Full Screen CTRL+SHIFT+B Return CTRL+SHIFT+R Mute Mute Inc Audio Volume Up Dec Audio Volume Down Help Control CTRL Enter Return Cancel Delete Backspace Backspace Select Space Up Arrow Down Arrow Down Left Arrow...
  • Page 82 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control This is a pictorial view of the table: WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 83 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 2 About the WLAN Measurement Application This chapter describes WLAN measurements made by the analyzer.
  • Page 84 What Does the WLAN Measurement Application Do? What Does the WLAN Measurement Application Do? The Keysight N9077A & W9077A WLAN measurement application can be used to quickly ensure a product development conforms to regulatory requirements, as well as providing RF diagnostic and troubleshooting capability for a WLAN device.
  • Page 85 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 3 Programming the Transceiver This section provides introductory information about the programming documentation included with your product. "What Programming Information is Available?" on page 86 "STATus Subsystem " on page 87 "IEEE 488.2 Common Commands" on page 129...
  • Page 86 What Programming Information is Available? What Programming Information is Available? The M9420A Documentation can be accessed through the Additional Documentation page in the instrument Help system and is included on the Documentation DVD shipped with the instrument. It can also be found online at: http://www.keysight.com/find/m9420a_manuals.
  • Page 87 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem STATus Subsystem The following diagram provides a graphical overview of the entire X-Series Status Register System. For readability, the diagram is split into two sections: "X-Series Status Register System (1) " on page 88 "X-Series Status Register System (2) "...
  • Page 88 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem X-Series Status Register System (1) WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 89 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem X-Series Status Register System (2) Detailed Description The STATus subsystem remote commands set and query the status hardware registers. This system of registers monitors various events and conditions in the instrument. Software written to control the instrument may need to monitor some of these events and conditions.
  • Page 90 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem What Are Status Registers The status system contains multiple registers that are arranged in a hierarchical order. The lower-level status registers propagate their data to the higher-level registers in the data structures by means of summary bits.
  • Page 91 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem • *OPC, *OPC? (operation complete) sets the standard event status register to monitor the completion of all commands. The query stops any new commands from being processed until the current processing is complete, then returns a ‘1’. •...
  • Page 92 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Do this by querying the condition registers which continuously monitor status. These registers represent the current state of the instrument. Bits in a condition register are updated in real time. When the condition monitored by a particular bit becomes true, the bit is set to 1. When the condition becomes false, the bit is reset to 0.
  • Page 93 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem 2. The results of a query are evaluated in a similar way. If the *STB? command returns a decimal value of 140, (140 = 128 + 8 + 4) then bit 7 is true, bit 3 is true and bit 2 is true. Example 2: 1.
  • Page 94 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem When a register set causes a summary bit in the status byte to change from 0 to 1, the instrument can initiate the service request (SRQ) process. However, the process is only initiated if both of the following conditions are true: •...
  • Page 95 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem The Status Byte Register The RQS bit is read and reset by a serial poll. The same bit position (MSS) is read, non-destructively by the *STB? command. If you serial poll bit 6 it is read as RQS, but if you send *STB it reads bit 6 as MSS. For more information refer to IEEE 488.2 standards, section 11.
  • Page 96 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Description 0, 1 These bits are always set to 0. A 1 in this bit position indicates that the SCPI error queue is not empty which means that it contains at least one error message. A 1 in this bit position indicates that the data questionable summary bit has been set.
  • Page 97 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem bit 6) to your numeric sum when you enable any bits for a service request. The command *SRE? returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits previously enabled with the *SRE <integer> command. The service request enable register presets to zeros (0).
  • Page 98 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Description A 1 in this bit position indicates that all pending operations were completed following execution of the *OPC command. This bit is for GPIB handshaking to request control. Currently it is set to 0 because there are no implementations where the spectrum analyzer controls another instrument.
  • Page 99 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem byte register will be set to 1, send the command *ESE 192 (128 + 64). The command *ESE? returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits previously enabled with the *ESE <integer> command. The standard event status enable register presets to zeros (0).
  • Page 100 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Power summary The instrument hardware has detected a power unleveled condition. Temperature summary The instrument is still warming up. Frequency summary The instrument hardware has detected an unlocked condition or a problem with the external frequency reference. Calibration summary The instrument has detected a hardware problem while doing the automatic internal alignment process.
  • Page 101 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Operation Enable This command determines which bits in the Operation Event register, will set the Operation Status Summary bit (bit 7) in the Status Byte Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
  • Page 102 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:OPERation:NTRansition <integer> :STATus:OPERation:NTRansition? Example STAT:OPER:NTR 1 Align Now operation complete will be reported to the Status Byte Register. Preset 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Operation Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Operation Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Operation Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1).
  • Page 103 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Register "Questionable Condition " on page 103 "Questionable Enable " on page 103 "Questionable Event Query " on page 104 "Questionable Negative Transition " on page 104 "Questionable Positive Transition" on page 104 Questionable Condition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Condition register.
  • Page 104 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Event Query This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Event register. The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register.
  • Page 105 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <integer> :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition? Example STAT:QUES:PTR 16 Temperature summary ‘questionable asserted’ will be reported to the Status Byte Register. Preset 32767 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Register "Questionable Calibration Condition "...
  • Page 106 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable. Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle <integer> :STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle? Example STAT:QUES:CAL:ENAB 16384 Can be used to query if an alignment is needed, if you have turned off the automatic alignment process.
  • Page 107 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1).
  • Page 108 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:CONDition? Example STAT:QUES:CAL:SKIP:COND? Preset Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Skipped Enable This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Event register, which also sets bit 11 of the Questionable Calibration Register.
  • Page 109 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Calibration Skipped Negative Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0).
  • Page 110 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem "Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Positive Transition " on page 111 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition register. The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions.
  • Page 111 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure[:EVENt]? Example STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:FAIL? Preset Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Negative Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0).
  • Page 112 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Register "Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Condition " on page 112 "Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Enable " on page 112 "Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event Query "...
  • Page 113 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event Query This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event register.
  • Page 114 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1).
  • Page 115 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Frequency Enable This command determines which bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Frequency Event register, which also sets the Frequency Summary bit (bit 5) in the Questionable Register.
  • Page 116 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition <integer> :STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition? Example STAT:QUES:FREQ:NTR 2 Frequency Reference ‘regained lock’ will be reported to the Frequency Summary of the Status Questionable register. Preset 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Frequency Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition register will set the...
  • Page 117 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions. Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:CONDition? Example STAT:QUES:INT:COND? Preset Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Enable This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Integrity Event register, which also sets the Integrity Summary bit (bit 9) in the Questionable Register.
  • Page 118 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Negative Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0) The variable <integer>...
  • Page 119 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Integrity Signal Register "Questionable Integrity Signal Condition" on page 119 "Questionable Integrity Signal Enable" on page 119 "Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query" on page 120 "Questionable Integrity Signal Negative Transition" on page 120 "Questionable Integrity Signal Positive Transition"...
  • Page 120 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register. The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register.
  • Page 121 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition <integer> :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition? Example STAT:QUES:INT:SIGN:PTR 4 Burst not found will be reported to the Integrity Summary of the Status Questionable register. Preset 32767 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Register "Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition "...
  • Page 122 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle? Example STAT:QUES:INT:UNC:ENAB 1 Oversweep (Meas Uncal) will be reported to the Integrity Summary of the Status Questionable register. Preset 32767 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event Query This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event...
  • Page 123 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Preset 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1).
  • Page 124 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition? Example STAT:QUES:POW:COND? Preset Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Power Enable This command determines which bits in the Questionable Power Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Power Event register, which also sets the Power Summary bit (bit 3) in the Questionable Register.
  • Page 125 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Power Negative Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Power Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Power Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0).
  • Page 126 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem "Questionable Temperature Enable" on page 126 "Questionable Temperature Event Query" on page 126 "Questionable Temperature Negative Transition" on page 127 "Questionable Temperature Positive Transition" on page 127 Questionable Temperature Condition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition register.
  • Page 127 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the register is cleared Mode Remote Command...
  • Page 128 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Temperature Summary of the Status Questionable register. Preset 32767 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 129 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands IEEE 488.2 Common Commands The instrument supports the following subset of IEEE 488.2 Common Commands, as defined in Chapter 10 IEEE Standard 488.2–1992. As indicated in the detailed descriptions, some of these commands correspond directly to instrument front-panel key functionality, while others are available only as remote commands.
  • Page 130 Align Now, All. When the Auto Align process transitions to Normal, the analyzer will immediately start to update only the alignments that have expired, thus efficiently restoring the alignment process. In EXM/M9420A, Source ARB play will be turned off and the source states will not be restored after Align Now, All.
  • Page 131 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands An interfering user supplied signal will result in the instrument requiring an Align Now, RF with the interfering signal removed. Couplings Initializes the time for the Last Align Now, All Time. Records the temperature for the Last Align Now, All Temperature. If Align RF component succeeded, initializes the time for the Last Align Now, RF Time.
  • Page 132 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands for generating service requests. Key Path No equivalent key. Related key System, Show Errors, Clear Error Queue Remote Command *CLS Example *CLS Clears the error queue and the Status Byte Register. Notes For related commands, see the SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? command.
  • Page 133 Key Path No equivalent key. See related key System, Show System. Remote Command *IDN? Example *IDN? Returns instrument identification information, such as: Keysight Technologies, M9420A, US01020004, M.16.30 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision x.14.50 Operation Complete The *OPC command sets bit 0 in the standard event status register (SER) to “1”...
  • Page 134 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Remote Command *OPC *OPC? Example INIT:CONT 0 Selects single sweeping. INIT:IMM Initiates a sweep. *OPC? Holds off any further commands until the sweep is complete. Status Bits/OPC Not global to all remote ports or front panel. *OPC only considers operation that was initiated on the dependencies same port as the *OPC command was issued from.
  • Page 135 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Recall Instrument State This command recalls the instrument state from the specified instrument memory register. • If the state being loaded has a newer firmware revision than the revision of the instrument, no state is recalled and an error is reported •...
  • Page 136 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Save Instrument State This command saves the current instrument state and mode to the specified instrument memory register. Remote Command *SAV <register #> Example *SAV 9 Saves the instrument state in register 9. Notes Registers 0 through 6 are accessible from the front panel in menu keys for Save Registers.
  • Page 137 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Trigger  This command triggers the instrument. Use the :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce command to select the trigger source. Key Path No equivalent key. See related keys Single and Restart. Remote Command *TRG Example *TRG Triggers the instrument to take a sweep or start a measurement, depending on the current instrument settings.
  • Page 138 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 139 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 4 Input/Output Functions...
  • Page 140 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Input/Output The Input/Output features are common across multiple Modes and Measurements. These common features are described in this section. See the Measurement description for information on features that are unique. The Input/Output key accesses the keys that control the Input/Output parameters of the instrument.  In general, these are functions associated with external connections to the analyzer, either to the inputs or the outputs. ...
  • Page 141 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output [:SENSe]:FEED QONLy aliases to [:SENSe]:FEED:IQ:TYPE QONLy The query [:SENSe]:FEED? will always returns AIQ whatever the type of legacy parameters IQ | IONLy | QONLy has been used. Backwards Compatibility Most of the settings in the X-Series Input/Output system, including External Gain, Amplitude Notes Corrections settings and data, etc., are shared by all modes and are not changed by a mode switch.  ...
  • Page 142 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output by one of the three ways: • by using the Restore Input/Output Defaults key on the first page of the input/output menu, • by using the System->Restore System Defaults->Input/Output Settings or, • by using the System -> Restore System Defaults->All. Also, they survive a Preset and a Power cycle. A very few of the Input/Output settings do respond to a Mode Preset;...
  • Page 143 When any input is selected in a measurement that does not support it, the "No result; Meas invalid with this input" error condition occurs, and the measurement returns invalid data when queried.  RFHD and RFFD are only available on M9420A, option “HDX” is required to enable RFHD port and option “FDX” is required to enable RFFD port.
  • Page 144 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Modified at S/W Revision A.14.00 RF Input Specifies using the main RF port for the current measurement Key Path Input/Output, RF Input, RF Input Port Example :FEED:RF:PORT RFIN ReadBack RF Input Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Modified at S/W Revision A.14.00...
  • Page 145 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Ext Preamp This function is similar to the reference level offset function. Both affect the displayed signal level. Ref Lvl Offset is a mathematical offset only, no analyzer configuration is affected. Ext Preamp gain is used when determining the auto-coupled value of the Attenuator.
  • Page 146 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output While the USB Preamplifier is plugged into one of the analyzer’s USB ports, the analyzer will consider it to be in the signal path of the RF Input and will apply the calibration data from the USB Preamp to measurements taken at the RF Input (on 2 input boxes, it will be considered to be in the signal path of RF Input 1;...
  • Page 147 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output [:SENSe]:CORRection:MS[:RF]:LOSS? Example CORR:MS:LOSS 10  sets the Ext Gain value to –10 dB, and subsequently querying :LOSS will give 10 CORR:MS:LOSS –10 sets the Ext Gain value to 10 dB, and subsequently querying :LOSS will give –10 Notes A positive value of <rel_ampl> in the above command means a loss and a negative value indicates a gain.
  • Page 148 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output CORR:BTS:LOSS –10 sets the Ext Gain value to 10 dB, and subsequently querying :LOSS will give – 10 dB Notes A positive value of <rel_ampl> in the above command means a loss and a negative value indicates a gain.
  • Page 149 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Example FEED:DATA STOR FEED:DATA? Notes INPuts = Inputs STORed = Capture Buffer Dependencies Not all inputs are available in all modes. Unavailable keys are grayed out. Preset This is unaffected by Preset but is set to INPut on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults->All"...
  • Page 150 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output use "Inputs" and grays out this key. If the grayed out key is pressed, it generates a message. Readback Stored Data Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Current Meas -> Capture Buffer Pressing this key stores the raw data of one measurement in the internal memory of the instrument where it can then be used by a different measurement by pressing "Stored Data".
  • Page 151 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Note that the corrections are applied as the data is taken; therefore, a trace in View (Update Off) will not be affected by changes made to the corrections table after the trace is put in View. On the RF Input/Output panel, there are one full-duplex RF ports ,one half-duplex RF port, RF Input and RF Output. ...
  • Page 152 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output A new sweep is initiated if an amplitude correction is switched on or off.  Note that changing, sending or loading corrections data does NOT directly initiate a sweep, however in general these operations will turn corrections on, which DOES initiate a sweep. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections Remote Command...
  • Page 153 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Readback Correction 1|Correction 2|Correction 3|Correction 4|Correction 5|Correction 6|Correction7|Correction8 Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision x.14.50 Antenna Unit For devices (like antennas) that make measurements of field strength or flux density, the correction array should contain within its values the appropriate conversion factors such that, when the data on the analyzer is presented in dBµV, the display is calibrated in the appropriate units.
  • Page 154 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Readback "None" Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 dBµV/m Sets the antenna unit to dBµV/m. If this correction is turned on, and Apply Corrections is on, the Y Axis Unit will then be forced to dBµV/m and all other Y Axis Unit selections will be grayed out. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, Antenna Unit Example...
  • Page 155 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Readback " dBG" Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 dBµA Sets the antenna unit to dBµA. If this correction is turned on, and Apply Corrections is on, the Y Axis Unit will then be forced to dBµA and all other Y Axis Unit selections will be grayed out. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, Antenna Unit Example...
  • Page 156 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output If we interpolate on a log scale, we assume that the line between the two points is a straight line on the log scale. For example, let’s say the two points are (2,4) and (20,1). A straight line between them on a log scale looks like: On a linear scale (like that of the spectrum analyzer), this translates to: If we interpolate on a linear scale, we assume that the two points are connected by a straight line on the...
  • Page 157 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output The correction to be used for each bucket is taken from the interpolated correction curve at the center of the bucket. Description Sets an ASCII description field which will be stored in an exported file.  Can be displayed in the active function area by selecting as the active function, if desired to appear in a screen capture.
  • Page 158 RFIO3 and RFIO4 are only available on E6640A with hardware M9431A. RFIN and RFOut are not available on E6640A with hardware M9431A RFHD and RFFD are only available on M9420A, option “HDX” is required to enable RFHD port and option “FDX” is required to enable RFFD port.
  • Page 159 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output RFOut The port that the current corrections will be applied to. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, RF Port Example :CORR:CSET:RF:PORT RFO Dependencies Not available in E6607C Not available on E6640A with hardware M9431A ReadBack RFOut Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Modified at S/W Revision A.14.00...
  • Page 160 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Example :CORR:CSET:RF:PORT:RFHD ANAL Readback "Correct Analyzer" Initial S/W Revision M.16.25 RFFD The port that the current corrections will be applied to.  Pressing this key again allows the user access to the menu for specifying which internal device the corrections for RFIO FD will be applied to. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, RF Port Remote Command...
  • Page 161 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, RF Port Example :CORR:CSET:RF:PORT: RFFD BOTH Readback "Correct Source and Analyzer" Initial S/W Revision M.16.25 Edit Invokes the integrated editing facility for this correction set.  When entering the menu, the editor window turns on, the selected correction is turned On, Apply Corrections is set to On, the amplitude scale is set to Log, and the Amplitude Correction (“Ampcor”) trace is displayed.
  • Page 162 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Navigate Lets you move through the table to edit the desired point. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Edit Notes There is no value readback on the key 2000 Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 Frequency Lets you edit the frequency of the current row. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Edit Notes...
  • Page 163 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Delete Point Deletes the currently-selected point, whether or not that point is being edited, and selects the Navigate functionality.  The point following the currently-selected point (or the point preceding if there is none) will be selected. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Edit Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 164 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output When this key is pressed a prompt is placed on the screen that says “Please press Enter or OK key to delete all corrections.  Press ESC or Cancel to close this dialog.”  The deletion is only performed if you press OK or Enter.
  • Page 165 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Merge Correction Data (Remote Command Only) The command takes an ASCII series of alternating frequency and amplitude points, each value separated by commas. The difference between this command and Set Data is that this merges new correction points into an existing set.
  • Page 166 Pulse key will be blank, and sending the PULSe parameter via SCPI will generate an error. M9420A is only support EXTernal type. Preset This is unaffected by a Preset but is set to EXTernal for M9420A or SENSe for other models on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults->All". State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 167 5. If it was set to INTernal, then the query returns “INTernal”. 6. If it was set to PULSe, then the query returns “PULSe” Note:  The SCPI query always returns “INTernal” for non-controlling instances. M9420A is only supported EXTernal type. Preset All other models:...
  • Page 168 Internal Reference is in use (Freq Ref In set to Internal, Pulse, or SENSE:INT or SENSE:PULSE). Preset This is unaffected by a Preset but is set to 10 MHz on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults->All" M9420A:100 MHz M9420A:100 MHz Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.14.00...
  • Page 169 Example :FEED:RF:PORT:OUTP RFIO1 Dependencies RFHD and RFFD are only available on M9420A, option “HDX” is required to enable RFHD port and option “FDX” is required to enable RFFD port. Preset This is unaffected by Mode Preset but is set to RFOut on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults ->...
  • Page 170 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Key Path Input/Output, Output Config Remote Command :TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut HSWP | MEASuring | MAIN | GATE | GTRigger | OEVen | SPOint | SSWeep | SSETtled | S1Marker | S2Marker | S3Marker | S4Marker | OFF :TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut? Example TRIG:OUTP HSWP TRIG2:OUTP GATE...
  • Page 171 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Readback Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Sweeping (HSWP) Selects the Sweeping Trigger signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out, or Trig 2 Out, connector when a measurement is made. This signal has historically been known as "HSWP" (High = Sweeping), and is 5 V TTL level with 50 ohm output impedance.
  • Page 172 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Example TRIG1:OUTP GTR Readback Gate Trigger Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate Selects the gate signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out, or Trig 2 Out, connector. The gate signal has been delayed and its length determined by delay and length settings. When the polarity is positive, a high on the Trig 1 Out, or Trig 2 Out, represents the time the gate is configured to pass the signal.
  • Page 173 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output 2 output, this error is returned if trying to set Trig 2 Out and a query of Trig 2 Out returns OFF. Preset Trigger 1: Sweeping (HSWP) Trigger 2: Gate This is unaffected by a Preset but is preset to the above values on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults->All"...
  • Page 174 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Key Path Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1/2 Output Example :TRIG1:OUTP S3M ReadBack Marker 3 Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Source Marker 4 Trigger output at marker 4 in current playing Waveform file. Key Path Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1/2 Output Example :TRIG1:OUTP S4M ReadBack...
  • Page 175 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Nominal Range exc. Analog Out (10% overrange) Scale Factor Notes Screen 0 – 1 V open 10%/division 8566 compatible Video circuit Log Video 0 – 1 V 1/(192.66 dB/V) dB referenced to  mixer level, 1V out for –10 dBm terminated at the mixer.
  • Page 176 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output LISN Control Enables you to access LISN related functions. LISN control is only available with option LSN indicating that the LISN IO board is installed. This is a remote query command only. V-network (Remote Command Only) Enables you to select the V-network that is controlled via the AUX IO port.
  • Page 177 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output 150 kHz Highpass (Remote Command Only) Controls highpass setting on the V-network. Remote Command INPut[1]|2:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe] ON|OFF INPut[1]|2:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe]? Example :INP:LISN:FILT:HPAS ON Dependencies Only available for ENV216 V-network . This key is grayed out when a V-network that is not ENV216 is selected.
  • Page 178 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 179 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 5 Mode Functions...
  • Page 180 5  Mode Functions Mode Mode The Mode key allows you to select the available measurement applications or “Modes”. Modes are a collection of measurement capabilities packaged together to provide an instrument personality that is specific to your measurement needs. Each application software product is ordered separately by Model Number and must be licensed ...
  • Page 181 Prior to A.02.00 More Information The Mode name appears on the banner after the word “Keysight” followed by the Measurement Title.  For example, for the IQ Analyzer mode with the Complex Spectrum measurement running: It is possible to specify the order in which the Modes appear in the Mode menu, using the Configure Applications utility (System, Power On, Configure Applications). ...
  • Page 182 5  Mode Functions Mode 1. Close and restart the analyzer program without changing your configured preloads.  This may free up enough memory to load the requested Mode, depending on your configured preloads 2. Clear out all preloads and close and restart the analyzer program with only the requested application preloaded, and with that application running. ...
  • Page 183 5  Mode Functions Mode Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL WCDMA INST:NSEL 9 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 GSM/EDGE/EDGE Evo Selects the GSM with EDGE mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information.
  • Page 184 5  Mode Functions Mode N9064A honors existing 89601X licenses with all features and functionalities found on X-Series software versions prior to A.06.00. Specifically: N9064A–1 is equivalent to 89601X–205 N9064A–2 is equivalent to 89601X-AYA If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help.
  • Page 185 5  Mode Functions Mode If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help. Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL CDMA2K...
  • Page 186 5  Mode Functions Mode LTE-Advanced TDD If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help. Key Path Mode Example...
  • Page 187 5  Mode Functions Mode Remote Command :INSTrument:NSELect <integer> :INSTrument:NSELect? Example :INST:NSEL 1 Notes SA mode is 1 The command must be sequential: i.e. continued parsing of commands cannot proceed until the instrument select is complete and the resultant SCPI trees are available. Preset Not affected by Preset.
  • Page 188 5  Mode Functions Mode Current Application Model Returns a string that is the Model Number of the currently selected application (mode). Remote Command :SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent][:NAME]? Example :SYST:APPL? Notes Query returns a quoted string that is the Model Number of the currently selected application (Mode). Example: "N9060A"...
  • Page 189 5  Mode Functions Mode State Saved Not saved in state per se, the value will be the selected application when a Save is invoked. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Application Identification Catalog (Remote Commands Only) A catalog of the installed and licensed applications (Modes) can be queried for their identification. "Application Catalog Number of Entries"...
  • Page 190 5  Mode Functions Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog:REVision? <model> Example :SYST:APPL:CAT:REV? ‘N9060A’ Notes Returned value is a quoted string of revision for the provided Model Number. The revision will be a null-string ("") if the provided Model Number is not installed and licensed. Example, if SAMS is installed and licensed: "1.0.0.0"...
  • Page 191 5  Mode Functions Mode Example INST:SEL CDMA1XEV INST:NSEL 15 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 802.16 OFDMA (WiMAX/WiBro) Selects the OFDMA mode for general purpose measurements of WiMAX signals. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help.
  • Page 192 To learn more about how to use the 89600 VSA running in the X-Series, after the 89600 VSA software is running, open the 89600 VSA Help and open the "About Keysight X-Series Signal Analyzer with 89600 VSA Software" help topic.
  • Page 193 5  Mode Functions Mode Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL CDMA2K INST:NSEL 10 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 GSM/EDGE/EDGE Evo Selects the GSM with EDGE mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information.
  • Page 194 5  Mode Functions Mode Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL LTE INST:NSEL 102 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 LTE TDD Selects the LTE TDD mode for general purpose measurements of signals following the LTE TDD standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information.
  • Page 195 5  Mode Functions Mode Sequence Analyzer Selects the Sequence Analyzer mode for sequenced measurements. Depending on licensed applications there may be a number of different measurements available in this mode.  These measurements are all done on IQ captured data and can be set up to calculated on any part of the capture. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information.
  • Page 196 5  Mode Functions Mode Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL VSA INST:NSEL 100 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA with HSPA+ Selects the W-CDMA with HSPA+ mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information.
  • Page 197 5  Mode Functions Mode Global Center Freq The software maintains a Mode Global value called “Global Center Freq”.  When the Global Center Freq key is switched to On in any mode, the current mode’s center frequency is copied into the Global Center Frequency, and from then on all modes that support global settings use the Global Center Frequency.
  • Page 198 5  Mode Functions Mode Example INST:COUP:DEF Backwards :GLOBal:DEFault Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 199 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Mode Setup This key accesses a menu to allow you to select mode parameters. These settings apply to all measurements in the current mode. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 Radio Std Accesses the Radio Std menu. In this menu, 3 group of WLAN standards can be selected, the first is 802.11a/g/b which includes 802.11a/g,802.11b/g,802.11g DSSS-OFDM, the second is 802.11n which includes 802.11n 20MHz and 802.11n 40MHz, the third one is 802.11ac which includes 802.11ac 20MHz, 802.11ac 40MHz, 802.11ac 80MHz, 802.11ac 80+80MHz and 802.11ac 160MHz.
  • Page 200 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup 802.11a/b/g This key accesses a menu to allow you to select 802.11a/g(OFDM),802.11b/g(DSSS/CCK/PBCC),802.11g (DSSS-OFDM). Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 802.11a/g When 802.11a/g key is not selected, pressing this key selects the 802.11a/g standard as WLAN standard. When 802.11a/g key is already selected, pressing this key accesses the demodulation setup for 802.11a/g standard.
  • Page 201 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup 312.5 kHz matches the 802.11a/g/n standards. Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11a/b/g, 802.11a/g Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AG:SUBCarrier:SPACing <freq> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AG:SUBCarrier:SPACing? Example DEM:AG:SUBC:SPAC 312.5 kHz DEM:AG:SUBC:SPAC? Preset 312.5 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1.25MHz Initial S/W Revision A.10.01...
  • Page 202 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AG:GINTerval:LENGth <real> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AG:GINTerval:LENGth? Example DEM:AG:GINT:LENG 0.25 DEM:AG:GINT:LENG? Preset 0.25 State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0.0078125 Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 802.11b/g When 802.11b/g key is not selected, pressing this key selects the 802.11b/g standard as WLAN standard. When 802.11b/g ...
  • Page 203 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup 802.11g DSSS-OFDM When 802.11g DSSS-OFMD key is not selected, pressing this key selects the 802.11g DSSS-OFDM standard as WLAN standard. When 802.11g DSSS-OFDM key is already selected, pressing this key accesses the demodulation setup for 802.11g DSSS-OFDM standard. Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11a/b/g Mode...
  • Page 204 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Preset 312.5 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1.25 MHz Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length.
  • Page 205 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup 0.0078125 Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 802.11j/p 10 MHz When 802.11j/p 10 MHz key is not selected, pressing this key selects the 802.11j/p 10 MHz standard as WLAN standard. When 802. 11j/p 10 MHz key is already selected, pressing this key accesses the demodulation setup for 802.
  • Page 206 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Subcarrier Spacing This parameter specifies the subcarrier frequency spacing of the input signal. This parameter must match the actual subcarrier frequency spacing of the input signal, otherwise demodulation will fail. parameter_table_23.52557 52.93253 Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11a/b/g/j/p, 802.11j/p 10 MHz Mode WLAN Remote Command...
  • Page 207 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Other This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, when Guard Interval is set to Other, this value will be used as Guard Interval parameter_table_23.52557 52.93253 Key Path Mode Setup, 802.11a/b/g/j/p, 802.11j/p 10 MHz, Guard Interval Mode WLAN Remote Command...
  • Page 208 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup parameter_table_23.52557 52.93253 Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11a/b/g/j/p, 802.11p 5MHz Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:P5:FORMat AUTO|BPSK|QPSK|QAM16|QAM64 [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:P5:FORMat? Example DEM:P5:FORM AUTO DEM:P5:FORM? Preset Auto Detect State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Auto Detect | BPSK | QPSK | 16QAM | 64QAM Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID...
  • Page 209 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup parameter_table_23.52557 52.93253 Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11a/b/g/j/p, 802.11p 5MHz Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:P5:GINTerval R1B4|R1B8|OTHer [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:P5:GINTerval? Example DEM:P5:GINT R1B4 DEM:P5:GINT? Notes Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range 1/4 | 1/8 | Other Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID...
  • Page 210 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Notes For E/M/PXA platform: If N9077A–2FP/TP + N9077A–3FP/TP are installed, this key will be available. If only N9077A– 2FP/TP is installed,this key will be blanked For CXA platform: If W9077A–2FP + W9077A–3FP are installed,this key will be available. If only W9077A–2FP is installed, this key will be blanked Initial S/W Revision A.10.01...
  • Page 211 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Preset Auto Detect State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Auto Detect | BPSK | QPSK | 16QAM | 64QAM | From SIG Syms Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 Subcarrier Spacing This parameter specifies the subcarrier frequency spacing of the input signal. This parameter must match the actual subcarrier frequency spacing of the input signal, otherwise demodulation will fail.
  • Page 212 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Range 1/4 | 1/8 | From SIG Syms | Other Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 Other This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, when Guard Interval is set to Other, this value will be used as Guard Interval Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11n, 802.11n 20 MHz, Guard Interval Mode...
  • Page 213 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup BW required” will be shown in message area of switched measurement. For CXA platform: 1)If W9077A–2FP is installed, this key will be blanked. RAD:STAN N40 will return  –221,” Settings conflict; Option not available”. 2)If W9077A–2FP + W9077A–3FP are installed, this key will be available. a)If ...
  • Page 214 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:N40:SUBCarrier:SPACing <freq> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:N40:SUBCarrier:SPACing? Example DEM:N40:SUBC:SPAC 312.5 kHz DEM:N40:SUBC:SPAC? Preset 312.5 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1.25 MHz Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length.
  • Page 215 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:N40:GINTerval:LENGth? Example DEM:N40:GINT:LENG 0.25 DEM:N40:GINT:LENG? Preset 0.25 State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0.0078125 Initial S/W Revision A.10.01 802.11ac This key accesses a menu to allow you to select 802.11ac (20MHz), 802.11ac (40MHz), 802.11ac (80MHz), 802.11ac (80+80MHz) and 802.11ac (160MHz) Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std...
  • Page 216 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11ac, 802.11ac 20 MHz Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AC20:FORMat AUTO | BPSK | QPSK | QAM16 | QAM64 | QAM256 | SIG [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AC20:FORMat? Example DEM:AC20:FORM AUTO DEM:AC20:FORM? Preset Auto Detect State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 217 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AC20:GINTerval R1B4|R1B8|SIG|OTHer [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AC20:GINTerval? Example DEM:AC20:GINT R1B4 DEM:AC20:GINT? Notes Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range 1/4 | 1/8 | From SIG Syms | Other Initial S/W Revision A.11.01 Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length.
  • Page 218 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Example DEM:AC20:GINT:LENG 0.25 DEM:AC20:GINT:LENG? Preset 0.25 State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0.0078125 Initial S/W Revision A.11.01 802.11ac 40 MHz When 802.11ac 40 MHz key is not selected, pressing this key selects the 802.11ac 40 MHz standard as WLAN standard.
  • Page 219 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Subcarrier Spacing This parameter specifies the subcarrier frequency spacing of the input signal. This parameter must match the actual subcarrier frequency spacing of the input signal, otherwise demodulation will fail. The default 312.5 kHz matches the 802.11a/g/n/ac standards. Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11ac, 802.11ac 40 MHz Mode...
  • Page 220 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length. The value must match the guard interval length actually used in the input signal in order for demodulation to work properly.
  • Page 221 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup demodulation setup for 802.11ac 80 MHz standard. Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11ac Mode WLAN Example :RAD:STAN AC80 Notes If N9077A–4FP is not available this key will be blanked. RAD:STAN AC80 will return –221,” Settings conflict; Option not available”. State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 222 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Preset 312.5 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1.25 MHz Initial S/W Revision A.11.01 Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length.
  • Page 223 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup DEM:AC160:GINT? Notes Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range 1/4 | 1/8 | From SIG Syms | Other Initial S/W Revision A.11.01 Other This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, when Guard Interval is set to Other, this value will be used as Guard Interval Key Path Mode Setup, 802.11ac 80 MHz, Guard Interval...
  • Page 224 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Modulation Format Accessing the modulation format key allows you to specify the modulation format of input singal. You can select Auto Detect to automatically detect the modulation format or specify modulation format for your testing. Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11ac, 802.11ac 80 +80 MHz Mode...
  • Page 225 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup require that the guard interval always is 1/4 of the FFT length. The 802.11ac standard allows values of either 1/4 or you can select from HT-SIG. Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11ac, 802.11ac 80 + 80 MHz Mode WLAN Remote Command...
  • Page 226 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Key Path Mode Setup, 802.11ac 80 + 80 MHz, Guard Interval Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:ACT80:GINTerval:LENGth <real> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:ACT80:GINTerval:LENGth? Example DEM:ACT80:GINT:LENG 0.25 DEM:ACT80:GINT:LENG? Preset 0.25 State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0.0078125 Initial S/W Revision A.11.01 802.11ac 160 MHz When 802.11ac 160 MHz key is not selected, pressing this key selects the 802.11ac 160 MHz standard as WLAN standard.
  • Page 227 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Preset Auto Detect State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Auto Detect | BPSK | QPSK | 16QAM | 64QAM |256QAM| From SIG Syms Initial S/W Revision A.11.01 Subcarrier Spacing This parameter specifies the subcarrier frequency spacing of the input signal. This parameter must match the actual subcarrier frequency spacing of the input signal, otherwise demodulation will fail.
  • Page 228 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range 1/4 | 1/8 | From SIG Syms | Other Initial S/W Revision A.11.01 Other This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, when Guard Interval is set to Other, this value will be used as Guard Interval Key Path Mode Setup, 802.11ac 160 MHz, Guard Interval...
  • Page 229 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11ah Mode WLAN Example :RAD:STAN AH1 Notes If N9077A–6FP/TP is installed, this key will be available. Otherwise this key will be blanked and :RAD:STAN AH1 will return –221,” Settings conflict; Option not available”. State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 230 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH1:SUBCarrier:SPACing <freq> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH1:SUBCarrier:SPACing? Example DEM:AH1:SUBC:SPAC 31.25 kHz DEM:AH1:SUBC:SPAC? Preset 31.25 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1.25 MHz Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45590 Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length.
  • Page 231 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11ah Mode WLAN Example :RAD:STAN AH2 Notes If N9077A–6FP/TP is not available installed, this key will be blanked. RAD:STAN AC40 will return –221,” Settings conflict; Option not available”. State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 232 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH2:SUBCarrier:SPACing <freq> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH2:SUBCarrier:SPACing? Example DEM:AH2:SUBC:SPAC 312.5 kHz DEM:AH2:SUBC:SPAC? Preset 31.25 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1.25 MHz Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45595 Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length.
  • Page 233 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Key Path Mode Setup, Radio std, 802.11ah Mode WLAN Example :RAD:STAN AH4 Notes If N9077A–6FP is not available this key will be blanked. RAD:STAN AH4 will return –221,” Settings conflict; Option not available”. State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 234 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH4:SUBCarrier:SPACing <freq> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH4:SUBCarrier:SPACing? Example DEM:AH4:SUBC:SPAC 312.5 kHz DEM:AH4:SUBC:SPAC? Preset 31.25 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1.25 MHz Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45600 Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length.
  • Page 235 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH4:GINTerval:LENGth <real> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH4:GINTerval:LENGth? Example DEM:AH4:GINT:LENG 0.25 DEM:AH4:GINT:LENG? Preset 0.25 State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0.0078125 Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45602 802.11ah 8 MHz When 802.11ah 8 MHz key is not selected, pressing this key selects the 802.11ah 8 MHz standard as WLAN standard.
  • Page 236 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup QAM256 | SIG [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH8:FORMat? Example DEM:AH8:FORM AUTO DEM:AH8:FORM? Preset Auto Detect State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Auto Detect | BPSK | QPSK | 16QAM | 64QAM |256QAM| From SIG Syms Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45604...
  • Page 237 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Mode WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH8:GINTerval R1B4|R1B8|SIG|OTHer [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH8:GINTerval? Example DEM:AH8:GINT R1B4 DEM:AH8:GINT? Notes Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range 1/4 | 1/8 | From SIG Syms | Other Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45606 Other This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, when Guard...
  • Page 238 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Mode WLAN Example :RAD:STAN AH16 Notes If N9077A–6FP is not available this key will be blanked. RAD:STAN AH16 will return –221,” Settings conflict; Option not available”. State Saved Saved in instrument state. Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45608...
  • Page 239 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH16:SUBCarrier:SPACing? Example DEM:AH16:SUBC:SPAC 31.25 kHz DEM:AH16:SUBC:SPAC? Preset 31.25 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1.25 MHz Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45610 Guard Interval This specifies the guard interval (also called cyclic extension) length for each symbol time, as a fraction of the FFT length.
  • Page 240 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH16:GINTerval:LENGth <real> [:SENSe]:DEMod[:WLAN]:AH16:GINTerval:LENGth? Example DEM:AH16:GINT:LENG 0.25 DEM:AH16:GINT:LENG? Preset 0.25 State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0.0078125 Initial S/W Revision A.16.01 Help Map ID 45612 Restore Mode Defaults Resets the state for the currently active mode by resetting the mode persistent settings to their factory default values, clearing mode data and by performing a Mode Preset.
  • Page 241 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Preset This is unaffected by Preset but is set to Mode on a “Restore System Defaults->All” State Saved Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 242 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 243 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 6 System Functions...
  • Page 244 6  System Functions File File Opens a menu that enables you to access various standard and custom Windows functions. Press any other front-panel key to exit Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 File Explorer Opens the standard Windows File Explorer. The File Explorer opensin the My Documents directory for the current user.
  • Page 245 6  System Functions File Key Path File Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Print The Print key opens a Print dialog for configured printing (for example, to the printer of your choice).  Refer to your Microsoft Windows Operating System manual for more information. Maximize/Restore Down These keys allow the Instrument Application to be maximized and then restored to its prior state.
  • Page 246 6  System Functions File Key Path File Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Paper size, the printer paper source, the page orientation and the margins are all settable. Just like any standard Windows dialog, you may navigate the dialog using the front-panel keys, or a mouse. There are no SCPI commands for controlling these parameters.
  • Page 247 6  System Functions File The :HCOPy command is equivalent to pressing the PRINT key.  The HCOPy:ABORt command can be used to abort a print which is already in progress.  Sending HCOPy:ABORt will cause the analyzer to stop sending data to the printer, although the printer may continue or even complete the print, depending on how much data was sent to the printer before the user sent the ABORt command.
  • Page 248 6  System Functions File Exit This key, when pressed, will exit the Instrument Application. A dialog box is used to confirm that you intended to exit the application: Key Path File Mode Notes The Instrument Application willclose. No further SCPI commands can be sent. Use with caution! Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 249 6  System Functions Print Print This front-panel key is equivalent to performing a File, Print, OK. It immediately performs the currently configured Print to the Default printer. The :HCOPy command is equivalent to pressing the PRINT key.  The HCOPy:ABORt command can be used to abort a print which is already in progress. ...
  • Page 250 6  System Functions System System Opens a menu of keys that access various configuration menus and dialogs. Key Path Front-panel key Notes No remote command for this key specifically. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Show Accesses a menu of choices that enable you to select the information window you want to view. Key Path System Mode...
  • Page 251 6  System Functions System Repeat (RPT) - This field shows the number of consecutive instances of the event, uninterrupted by other events. If an event occurs 5 times with no other intervening event, the value of repeat will be 5. If the value of Repeat is 1 the field does not display.
  • Page 252 6  System Functions System Next Page Next Page and Previous Page menu keys move you between pages of the log, if it fills more than one page. These keys are grayed out in some cases: • If on the last page of the log, the Next Page key is grayed-out •...
  • Page 253 6  System Functions System Key Path System, Show, Errors Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose OFF|ON|0|1 :SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose? Example :SYST:ERR:VERB ON Preset This is unaffected by Preset but is set to OFF on a “Restore System Defaults->Misc” State Saved Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Refresh...
  • Page 254 6  System Functions System not put into the SCPI error queue by default. Normally the status bit is the only way for detecting these errors remotely. It is possible to enable Input Overload reporting to the SCPI queue, by issuing the :SYSTem:ERRor:OVERload ON command.
  • Page 255 6  System Functions System The Previous Page is grayed-out if the first page of information is presently displayed. The Next Page menu key is grayed-out if the last page is information is presently displayed. Key Path System, Show Mode Example SYST:SHOW SYST Backwards Compatibility The hardware statistics that are displayed in the PSA Show System screen have been moved to a...
  • Page 256 The screen is formatted into two groupings: product descriptive information and hardware information. The hardware information is listed in a table format: M9420A: WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 257 6  System Functions System The Previous Page is grayed-out if the first page of information is presently displayed. The Next Page menu key is grayed-out if the last page is information is presently displayed. Key Path System, Show Mode Example SYST:SHOW HARD Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 258 6  System Functions System System Powerdown (Remote Command Only) Remote Command SYSTem:PDOWn [NORMal|FORCe] Notes Shuts down the instrument in the normal way (NORMal) or forced way (FORCe). In case there is another application with modified data pending for saving, the application prompt the user. The system waits until the user responds in the normal mode.
  • Page 259 6  System Functions System exception of the Power Standby key. (The instrument is allowed to be turned-off if Klock is ON.) The Klock command is used in remote control situations where Local Lockout cannot be used. Although primary intent of Klock is to lock-out the front panel, it will lock-out externally connected keyboards through USB.
  • Page 260 6  System Functions System Remote Command :SYSTem:METRics:SCPI? Example :SYST:METR:SCPI? Notes The return value is a string with the format “YYYY-MM-DD<space>HH:MM:SS”, in instrument local time. The following commands are excluded from the history accounting: *IDN? *OPT? :SYSTem:DATE? :SYSTem:TIME? :SYSTem:PON:TIME? Queries in the :SYSTem:ERRor subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:LKEY subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:METRics subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:MODule subsystem...
  • Page 261 6  System Functions System SCPI Version Query (Remote Command Only) Returns the SCPI version number with which the instrument complies. The SCPI industry standard changes regularly. This command indicates the version used when the instrument SCPI commands were defined. Remote Command :SYSTem:VERSion? Example :SYST:VERS?
  • Page 262 (“hlislip#”). Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:MODule:INDex? Example :SYST:MOD:IND? Notes The returned value is meaningless on M9420A.3. Preset Not affected by Preset, reset to 0 with Restore System Defaults Misc. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.13.80 Module Mnemonic (Remote Command Only) Query only.
  • Page 263 6  System Functions System Preset Not affected by Preset and Restore System Defaults Misc. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.13.80 Module List (Remote Command Only) Query only. This will return the list of defined mnemonics that can be used in the command line “/Process:<mnemonic>”...
  • Page 264 6  System Functions System SCPI>>syst:err? <<+0,”No error” SCPI>>syst:mod:enab “M9290A_US00000001”,0 SCPI>>syst:err? <<–221,”Settings conflict;Cannot disable default process configuration ‘M9290A_US00000001” Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:MODule:ENABle? “<mnemonic>” :SYSTem:MODule:ENABle “<mnemonic>”,0|1 Example :SYST:MOD:ENAB? “M9290A_US00000001” :SYST:MOD:ENAB “M9290A_US00000001”,0 Preset Not affected by Preset and Restore System Defaults Misc. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.13.80 Module Default (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 265 Query only. The query “:SYST:MODule:MODel?” will return model number of the current module. Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:MODule:MODel? Example :SYSTem:MODule:MODel? Notes This query will return model number. e.g. “M9420A” Preset Not affected by Preset, State Saved Initial S/W Revision E.14.14 Module Model Serial Number (Remote Command Only) Query only.
  • Page 266 6  System Functions System Key Path System Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE|USER|LAST :SYSTem:PON:TYPE? Example :SYST:PON:TYPE MODE Preset This is unaffected by a Preset but is set to Mode on a “Restore System Defaults->All” State Saved Backwards :SYSTem:PON:TYPE PRESet Compatibility SCPI the “PRESet”...
  • Page 267 6  System Functions System Example SYST:PON:TYPE USER Readback Text User Preset Backwards Compatibility Power On User Preset will cause the instrument to power up in the power-on mode, not the last Notes mode the instrument was in prior to shut down.  Also, Power On User Preset will User Preset all modes. ...
  • Page 268 6  System Functions System This application is used for Power On Type “Mode and Input/Output Defaults” and Restore System Defaults All. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, the same Power On Application is shared between all the instances. Key Path System, Power On Mode...
  • Page 269 Access to Configure Applications utility A version of the utility runs the first time you power up the analyzer after purchasing it from Keysight. The utility automatically configures preloads so that as many licensed applications as possible are preloaded while keeping the total estimated virtual memory usage below the limit.
  • Page 270 6  System Functions System GREEN:  The indicator is green when <90% of the memory limit is consumed. This means the applications you have selected can all fit into the analyzer’s memory with room to spare. You will likely be able to load one or more other applications without running out of memory.
  • Page 271 6  System Functions System Save Changes and Exit Applies the configuration of the applications list. The marked applications will be pre-loaded in memory the next time the instrument application is started, and the order of the applications in the list will be the order of the applications in the Mode Menu.
  • Page 272 6  System Functions System does not cause a mode switch. The Power On key, under the Restore System Defaults menu, causes the same action. If you press any key other than OK or Enter, it is construed as a Cancel, because the only path that will actually cause the reset to be executed is through OK or Enter.

  • Page 273: Configuration Memory Available (Remote Command Only)

    6  System Functions System • "Configuration Memory Total (Remote Command Only)" on page 273 • "Configuration Memory Used (Remote Command Only)" on page 273 • "Configuration Application Memory (Remote Command Only)" on page 274 Configuration list (Remote Command Only) This remote command is used to set or query the list of applications to be loaded in-memory. Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:APPLication:LLISt <string of INSTrument:SELect names>...

  • Page 274: Configuration Application Memory (Remote Command Only)

    6  System Functions System Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:APPLication:VMEMory:USED? Example :SYST:PON:APPL:VMEM:USED? Preset Not affected by Preset Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 Configuration Application Memory (Remote Command Only) This remote command is used to query the amount of Virtual Memory a particular application consumes. Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:APPLication:VMEMory:USED:NAME? <INSTrument:SELect name>...
  • Page 275 Align Now, All. When the Auto Align process transitions to Normal, the analyzer will immediately start to update only the alignments that have expired, thus efficiently restoring the alignment process. In EXM/M9420A, Source ARB play will be turned off and the source states will not be restored after Align Now, All.
  • Page 276 6  System Functions System While Align Now, All is performing the alignment, bit 0 in the Status Operation register is set. Completion, or termination, will clear bit 0 in the Status Operation register. This command is sequential; it must complete before further SCPI commands are processed. Interrupting the alignment from remote is accomplished by invoking Device Clear followed by the :ABORt command.

  • Page 277: All But Rf

    In EXM/M9420A, Source ARB play will be turned off and the source states will not be restored after Align Now, All but RF.

  • Page 278: Rf (Weekly Use)

    6  System Functions System if invoked with “Align Now, All required”. Couplings Initializes the time for the Last Align Now, All Time. Records the temperature for the Last Align Now, All Temperature. Status Bits/OPC Bits 12 or 14 may be set in the Status Questionable Calibration register. dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 279 RF required” is generated, and bit 12 is set in the Status Questionable Condition register. None of the new alignment data is used. In EXM/M9420A, Source ARB play will be turned off and the source states will not be restored after Align Now, All but RF.

  • Page 280: Source (Weekly Use)

    6  System Functions System session, so the user should use status register bits to query if the calibration is successfully completed or not. Typical usage is: 1):CALibration:RF:NPENding (Start a RF calibration) 2):STATus:OPERation:CONDition?  (If bit 0 is set, then the system is doing calibration, the user should  do re-query until this bit is cleared ) 3):STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:CONDition? ( to check if there are any errors/failures in previous calibration procedure)

  • Page 281: Show Alignment Statistics

    6  System Functions System completed or not. Typical usage is: 1):CALibration:INTernal:SOURce:NPENding (start an internal source calibration) 2):STATus:OPERation:CONDition?  (Check if the calibration is completed or not, If bit 0 is set, then the system is doing calibration, the user should  repeat this scpi query until the bit is cleared ) 3):STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:CONDition? (Check if bit 14 is set or not.
  • Page 282 6  System Functions System the screen is being displayed. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Key Path Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:TIME? Example :SYST:PON:TIME? Notes Value is the time since the most recent start-up in seconds. State Saved Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 283 6  System Functions System was executed. State Saved Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Key Path Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen Mode Remote Command :CALibration:TIME:LRF? Example :CAL:TIME:LRF? Notes Value is the elapsed time, in seconds, since the last successful Align Now, RF was executed, either individually or as a component of Align Now, All.

  • Page 284: Restore Align Defaults

    6  System Functions System Example :CAL:TEMP:LIF? Notes Value is in degrees Centigrade at which the last successful Align IF was executed. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Key Path Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen Mode Remote Command :CALibration:TIME:SOURce:LALL? Example :CAL:TIME:SOUR:LALL?

  • Page 285: Execute Expired Alignments (Remote Command Only)

    6  System Functions System The parameters affected are: Parameter Setting Timebase DAC Calibrated Timebase DAC setting Calibrated value Auto Align State Normal (if the instrument is not operating with default alignment data, Off otherwise) Auto Align All but RF Auto Align Alert Time &...

  • Page 286: I/O Config

    6  System Functions System I/O Config Activates a menu for identifying and changing the I/O configuration for remote control. Key Path System Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 SCPI LAN Activates a menu for identifying and changing the SCPI over a LAN configuration. There are a number of different ways to send SCPI remote commands to the instrument over LAN.

  • Page 287: Scpi Socket

    6  System Functions System SCPI Socket Turns the capability of establishing Socket LAN sessions On or Off. This allows you to limit SCPI access over LAN through socket sessions. Key Path System, I/O Config, SCPI LAN Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle? Example :SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:ENAB OFF...

  • Page 288: Hislip Server

    6  System Functions System Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 HiSLIP Server Turns the HiSLIP server capability On or Off, enabling you to limit SCPI access over LAN through the HiSLIP server. HiSLIP stands for High Speed LAN Instrument Protocol and is part of the IVI–6.1 specification. Here is an example of a VISA connection string used to connect to the HiSLIP Server on an X-Series Spectrum Analyzer: TCPIP0::a-n9030a–93016::hislip0::INSTR...

  • Page 289: System Idn Response

    Factory This key selects the factory setting, for example: “Keysight Technologies,M9420A,MY00012345, E.14.50” where the fields are manufacturer, model number, serial number, firmware revision. Note: In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, all instances use the same factory System IDN response.

  • Page 290: User

    6  System Functions System User This key allows you to specify your own response to the *IDN? query.  You may enter your desired response with the Alpha Editor or a plugin PC keyboard. When you press this key, the active function becomes the current User string with the cursor at the end.  This makes it easy to edit the existing string. ...
  • Page 291 6  System Functions System Multi Sessi sion ü ü – ü – ü WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 292 6  System Functions System ü ü It is inappropriate to control the instrument from multiple computers (or multiple processes or threads of a single computer) when using single session interfaces.  In particular, care must be taken when using LAN VXI–11 (SICL) interface that only a single computer (or single process or single thread) is controlling the instrument;...

  • Page 293: Unlock Remote I/O Session (Remote Command Only)

    6  System Functions System The following queries are permitted over any interface and session even if an interface has the instrument locked: *IDN? *OPT? *STB? *ESR? :SYSTem:DATE? :SYSTem:TIME? :SYSTem:PON:TIME? Queries in the :STATus subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:ERRor subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:LKEY subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:LOCK subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:METRics subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:MODule subsystem...

  • Page 294: Remote I/O Session Lock Owner (Remote Command Only)

    6  System Functions System Single Session interfaces (GPIB, USB–488, and LAN VXI–11) only list interface name. The Session ID is an internally generated identifier, it is not guaranteed to be consistent across instrument software versions (the identifier is free to change when the software of the instrument is updated). ...

  • Page 295: Restore Input/Output Defaults

    6  System Functions System Restore Input/Output Defaults Causes the group of settings and data associated with Input/Output front-panel key to be a reset to their default values. This level of Restore System Defaults does not affect any other system settings, mode settings and does not cause a mode switch.

  • Page 296: Restore Align Defaults

    6  System Functions System Restore Align Defaults This selection causes the Alignment system settings to be a reset to their default values. This does not affect any Alignment data stored in the system. This level of Restore System Defaults does not affect any other system settings, mode settings and does not cause a mode switch.

  • Page 297: Restore Mode Defaults (All Modes)

    6  System Functions System Miscellaneous Setting Default Value SCPI Telnet SCPI Socket SICL Server Softkey Language English System Annotation Display Theme TDColor System IDN Response Factory result of *IDN? System IDN Response selection Factory Confirmation is required to restore the factory default values. The confirmation dialog is: Key Path System, Restore System Defaults Example...

  • Page 298: All

    It does not affect the User Preset file or any user saved files. Confirmation is required to restore the factory default values. The confirmation dialog is: If you are using an Keysight USB External Mixer, then you will need to perform a Refresh USB Mixer Connection after Restoring All Defaults.

  • Page 299: Control Panel

    6  System Functions System Control Panel… Opens the Windows Control Panel.  The Control Panel is used to configure certain elements of Windows that are not configured through the hardkey/softkey System menus. This feature is not available if option SF1 is installed. The Control Panel is a separate Windows application, so to return to the analyzer once you are in the Control Panel, you may either: Exit the Control Panel by clicking on the red X in the upper right hand corner, with a mouse...

  • Page 300: Licensing

    6  System Functions System Licensing… Opens the license explorer. This feature is not available if option SF1 is installed. For Help on this key, select Help in the menu bar at the top of the license explorer window. Key Path System Notes No equivalent remote command for this key.
  • Page 301 6  System Functions System Remote Command :SYSTem:LKEY:LIST? Notes Return Value: An <arbitrary block data> of all the installed instrument licenses. The format of each license is as follows. <Feature>,<Version>,<Signature>,<Expiration Date>,<Serial Number for Transport> Return Value Example: #3136 N9073A–1FP,1.000,B043920A51CA N9060A–2FP,1.000,4D1D1164BE64 N9020A–508,1.000,389BC042F920 N9073A–1F1,1.000,5D71E9BA814C,13-aug–2005 <arbitrary block data>...

  • Page 302: Security

    6  System Functions System Security Accesses capabilities for operating the instrument in a security controlled environment. Key Path System Initial S/W Revision A.04.00 The Windows operating system can be configured to disable write access to the USB ports for users who are in a secure environment where transferring data from the instrument is prohibited. ...

  • Page 303: Diagnostics

    6  System Functions System Key Path System, Security, USB Example :SYST:SEC:USB:WPR ON          Will set USB ports to Read only Initial S/W Revision A.04.00 Diagnostics The Diagnostics key in the System menu gives you access to basic diagnostic capabilities of the instrument.

  • Page 304: Scpi For Show Hardware Statistics ( Remote Commands Only)

    6  System Functions System The CXA models in which the AC/DC Switch field is called Fixed Atten and that omit the mechanical attenuation fields are the N9000A–503/507 models. Modular HWs only have time and temperature information in Show Hardware Statistics. The data will be updated only when the Show Hardware Statistics menu key is pressed, it will not be updated while the screen is displayed.

  • Page 305: Show Result

    All other models: “–330, Self-test failed, see log file E:\Agilent\Instrument\FECTestLog.txt” M9420A: “–330, Self-test failed, see Front end self test log file under C:\ProgramData\Keysight\X-Series Instrument” If the self test passes, an advisory message “FEC self-test completed successfully” is generated. Key Path...
  • Page 306 6  System Functions System Remote Command SYSTem:TEST:WCTS:SHOW:RESult FEC Example SYST:TEST:WCTS:SHOW:RES FEC Initial S/W Revision A.12.50 The example of FEC self test result display is as follows: FEC Self Test Results Produce Number: E6607C Serial Number: MY51380437 Instrument S/W: 11/16/2012   2:51:19 PM FpgaVersionTest Date Time(GMT)

  • Page 307: Internet Explorer

    Example SYST:TEST:WCTS:FEC:RES? Notes The output is an IEEE Block format of the Show FEC Self Test Results contents. Each line is separated with a new-line character. Initial S/W Revision A.12.50 Keysight Converged SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:ADDRess <string> :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:IP <string> Address SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:ADDRess? :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:IP? Gateway SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DGATeway <string>...
  • Page 308 6  System Functions System WLAN Mode Reference...

  • Page 309: Trigger Functions

    Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 7 Trigger Functions...

  • Page 310: Trigger

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Trigger Accesses a menu of keys to control the selection of the trigger source and the setup of each of the trigger sources.  The analyzer is designed to allow triggering from a number of different sources, for example, Free Run, Video, External, RF Burst, and so forth.

  • Page 311: Trigger Source Presets

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger the EXTernal2 parameter will generate a “Hardware missing; Not available for this model number” message. INTernal is only available for M9420A. Preset See table below Status Bits/OPC The Status Operation Register bit 5 "Waiting for Trigger" is set at the same time as the Sweeping or dependencies Measuring bit is set.
  • Page 312 7  Trigger Functions Trigger SA, WCDMA, C2K, 1xEVDO: EXT1 IQ not For 1xEVDO mode, the trigger source is WIMAX OFDMA, supported coupled with the gate state, as well as the gate others: IMM TD-SCDMA, source.  When the trigger source changes to 1xEVDO, LTE, RFBurst, External1 or External2, the gate state LTETDD, CMMB,...
  • Page 313 7  Trigger Functions Trigger WIMAX OFDMA, All others: TD-SCDMA, IMMediate 1xEVDO, DVB- T/H, DTMB, LTE, LTETDD, CMMB, ISDB-T, Digital Cable TV, MSR WCDMA WCDMA PCON WCDMA QPSK WCDMA, C2K, All except 1xEVDO CDMA1xEVDO: IMMediate CDMA1xEVDO: EXT1 All except SA and IQ not BASIC supported...

  • Page 314: Rf Trigger Source

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger EDGE PVT EDGE/GSM EDGE EVM EDGE/GSM IQMag EDGE ORFS EDGE/GSM Periodic Timer IQ not supported Combined WCDMA IQ not supported WCDMA Combined EDGE/GSM IQ not supported List Power WCDMA, IQ not Step EDGE/GSM supported Transmit LTETDD LTETDD: LTETDD: On/Off...

  • Page 315: I/Q Trigger Source

    −FRAMe - triggers on the periodic timer −IF (video) - same as video, for backwards compatibility only M9420A: −INTernal - triggers on the internal source signal *OPC should be used after requesting data. This will hold off any subsequent changes to the selected trigger source, until after the sweep is completed and the data is returned.

  • Page 316: More Information

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Selects I/Q magnitude triggering for the IQ Waveform measurement and the I/Q input Notes Not all measurements have all the trigger sources available to them. Check the trigger source documentation for your specific measurement to see what sources are available. Not all trigger sources are available for each input. ...

  • Page 317: Free Run

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger The settings setup menu can be accessed by pressing the key for the current trigger source a second time. For example, one press of Video selects the Video trigger as the source. The Video key becomes highlighted and the hollow arrow on the key turns black.

  • Page 318: Video (If Envelope)

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger message goes away when a trigger signal appears. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Video (IF Envelope) Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects the video signal as the trigger. The Video trigger condition is met when the video signal (the filtered and detected version of the input signal, including both RBW and VBW filtering) crosses the video trigger level.

  • Page 319: Trig Slope

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Example TRIG:VID:LEV –40 dBm Notes When sweep type = FFT, the video trigger uses the amplitude envelope in a bandwidth wider than the FFT width as a trigger source. This might often be useful, but does not have the same relationship between the displayed trace and the trigger level as in swept triggering.

  • Page 320: Trig Delay

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Notes and RFB triggers. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe? Example TRIG:SLOP NEG Preset POSitive State Saved Saved in instrument state Backwards Compatibility In ESA/PSA, the Trigger Slope was global to all triggers.  In the X-Series, the slope can be set Notes individually for each Trigger Source. ...

  • Page 321: External 1

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger The legacy :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay command affects the delay for the VID, LINE, EXT1, EXT2, and RFB triggers. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay <time> :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay? :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay:STATe? Example TRIG:DEL 1 ms Preset 1 us State Saved Saved in instrument state Backwards Compatibility...

  • Page 322: Trigger Level

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Pressing this key, when it is already selected, accesses the external 1 trigger setup menu. Key Path Trigger Example TRIG:SOUR EXT1                 Swept SA measurement TRIG:<meas>:SOUR EXT1   Measurements other than Swept  SA Dependencies Grayed out if in use by Point Trigger in the Source Setup menu.  Forced to Free Run if already selected and Point Trigger is set to External 1.

  • Page 323: Trig Slope

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, External 1 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT1:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext1 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu).

  • Page 324: Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger +500 ms Default Unit Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal:DELay Compatibility SCPI For backward compatibility, the parameter EXTernal is mapped to EXTernal1 Backwards Compatibility The legacy :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay command affects the delay for the VID, LINE, EXT1, EXT2, Notes and RFB triggers. The legacy :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet command is supported for the VIDeo, LINE, EXT1, and EXT2 triggers.

  • Page 325: Trigger Level

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Dependencies In some models, there is no second External input.  In these models, the External 2 key is blanked and the EXTernal2 parameter will generate a “Hardware missing; Not available for this model number” message.  Grayed out if in use by Point Trigger in the Source Setup menu.  Forced to Free Run if already selected and Point Trigger is set to External 2.

  • Page 326: Trig Delay

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Key Path Trigger, External 2 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT2:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext2 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...

  • Page 327: Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off In zero span, there is a natural delay in the signal path, which comes from the RBW filter.  This is usually desirable, as it allows you to trigger on events and also see those events, because the signal is delayed from the trigger event.  ...

  • Page 328: Absolute Trigger Level

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Backwards Compatibility The legacy command: Notes :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:FSELectivity[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 is not supported in the X-Series, as the hardware to do Frequency Selective burst triggers does not exist in X-Series. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00 Absolute Trigger Level Sets the absolute trigger level for the RF burst envelope.

  • Page 329: Relative Trigger Level

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE ABSolute|RELative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE? Example TRIG:RFB:LEV:TYPE REL sets the trigger level type of the RF burst trigger to Relative.  Preset ABSolute State Saved Saved in instrument state Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00...

  • Page 330: Trigger Slope

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger command (above), will generate an error if sent. Dependencies This key is grayed out and Absolute Trigger Level selected if the required hardware is not present in your analyzer and the current measurement does not support Relative triggering.  Preset –6 dB GSM: ...

  • Page 331: Periodic Timer (Frame Trigger)

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:DELay <time> :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:DELay? :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:DELay:STATe? Example TRIG:RFB:DEL:STAT ON TRIG:RFB:DEL 100 ms Notes Video trigger delay may be set to negative values, in time domain, FFT and even swept. It makes intuitive sense in time domain and works well in FFT mode where the bandwidth of the filter before the video trigger is about 1.25 span.
  • Page 332 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Periodic Timer Triggering: This feature selects the internal periodic timer signal as the trigger. Trigger occurrences are set by the Periodic Timer parameter, which is modified by the Sync Source and Offset. The figure below shows the action of the periodic timer trigger. Before reviewing the figure, we’ll explain some uses for the periodic trigger.

  • Page 333: Period

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Period Sets the period of the internal periodic timer clock. For digital communications signals, this is usually set to the frame period of your current input signal. In the case that sync source is not set to OFF, and the external sync source rate is changed for some reason, the periodic timer is synchronized at the every external synchronization pulse by resetting the internal state of the timer circuit.

  • Page 334: Reset Offset Display

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger the internal offset between the periodic timer events and the trigger event. Because the absolute value of that internal offset is unknown, we will just call that the accumulated offset. Whenever the Offset parameter is changed, you are changing that accumulated offset. You can reset the displayed offset using Reset Offset Display.

  • Page 335: Sync Source

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Key Path Trigger, Periodic Timer Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:OFFSet:DISPlay:RESet Example TRIG:FRAM:OFFS:DISP:RES Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Sync Source Selects a signal source for you to synchronize your periodic timer trigger to, otherwise you are triggering at some arbitrary location in the frame.

  • Page 336: External 1

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Readback Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 External 1 Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects an external input signal as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when the external trigger condition is met using the external 1 input connector on the rear panel.

  • Page 337: External 2

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Default Unit Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal:LEVel Compatibility SCPI For backward compatibility, the parameter EXTernal is mapped to EXTernal1 Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:EXTernal1:LEVel Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge.
  • Page 338 7  Trigger Functions Trigger message.  Grayed out if in use by Point Trigger in the Source Setup menu.  Forced to Free Run if already selected and Point Trigger is set to External 2. State Saved Saved in instrument state Status Bits/OPC dependencies The Status Operation Register bit 5 "Waiting for Trigger"...

  • Page 339: Rf Burst

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT2:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext2 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 340 7  Trigger Functions Trigger When using the External Mixing path, the Absolute Trigger Level is uncalibrated because the factory default was set to accommodate the expected IF levels for the RF path. Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Scope Meas Global Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:ABSolute <ampl>...

  • Page 341: Trig Delay

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Trigger Slope It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:SLOPe? Example TRIG:RFB:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the RF Burst selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu).

  • Page 342: Auto Trig

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Readback line Displays a summary of the Auto Trig and Holdoff settings, in square brackets First line: Auto Off or Auto On Second Line:  “Hldf” followed by: • If Holdoff is Off, readback Off • If Holdoff On and Type = Normal, readback value •...
  • Page 343 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff <time> :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff? :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff:STATe? Example TRIG:HOLD:STAT ON TRIG:HOLD 100 ms Dependencies Unavailable if the selected Input is BBIQ.  If this is the case, the key is grayed out if it is pressed the informational message “Feature not supported for this Input”...
  • Page 344 Trig 2 Out should not be off if internal source works as MXG mode. Otherwise, no trigger occurs and measurement does not start. Note: internal trigger type is only available for M9420A. Key Path...
  • Page 345 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 8 Channel Power Measurement The Channel Power measurement is used to find the total power present in a specified bandwidth. The power spectral density (the power in the signal normalized to 1 Hz) is also reported (In WLAN mode or WLAN radio standard in SA mode, the peak power spectral density for 1 MHz is reported).
  • Page 346 8  Channel Power Measurement Measurement Commands for Channel Power These commands are used to measure the total rms power in a specified integration bandwidth.  Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. :CONFigure:CHPower :CONFigure:CHPower:NDEFault :INITiate:CHPower :FETCh:CHPower[n]? :MEASure:CHPower[n]? :READ:CHPower[n]? :FETCh:CHPower:CHPower? :MEASure:CHPower:CHPower? :READ:CHPower:CHPower? :FETCh:CHPower:DENSity? :MEASure:CHPower:DENSity? :READ:CHPower:DENSity For more measurement related commands, see the SENSe subsystem, and the section Remote...
  • Page 347 8  Channel Power Measurement Remote CommandResults for Channel Power Measurement For WLAN, see Error! Reference source not found. Command Return Value FETCh:CHPower[n]? Refer to the table below. MEASure:CHPower[n]? READ:CHPower[n]? FETCh:CHPower:CHPower? Returns the Channel Power (dBm) MEASure:CHPower:CHPower? (BW compatibility functionality) READ:CHPower:CHPower? FETCh:CHPower:DENSity? Returns the Power Spectral Density (dBm/Hz) MEASure:CHPower:DENSity?
  • Page 348 8  Channel Power Measurement Remote Command Results for WLAN Channel Power Measurement Results Returned n=1 (or not Returns scalar results: specified) When the radio standard is NOT WLAN 802.11ac 80 + 80 MHz: 1. Channel Power is a floating point number representing the total channel power in the specified integration bandwidth.
  • Page 349 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale AMPTD Y Scale Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set the vertical scale parameters. The parameter values are measurement independent, except all Attenuation valuesand the Internal Preamp selection, which are the same across all measurements.
  • Page 350 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to-average ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a fair amount to avoid clipping.
  • Page 351 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation OFF | ON | ELECtrical | COMBined [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? Notes This parameter is shared with old XA platform which uses AutoAtten. To keep the backward compatibility, ELECtrical and COMBined still can be used. Then, upon receiving ELECtrical and COMBined, these enums will be interpreted as aliases of ON.
  • Page 352 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet <real> [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet? Example POW:RANG:MIX:OFFS –5 dB Preset 0 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state –35 dB 30 dB Initial S/W Revision A.13.00 Scale/Div Sets the units per division of the vertical scale in the logarithmic display. However, since the Auto Scaling is defaulted to On, this value is automatically determined by the measurement result.
  • Page 353 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Key Path AMPTD Y Scale Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command :DISPlay:CHPower:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP | CENTer | BOTTom :DISPlay:CHPower:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition? Example DISP:CHP:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS CENT...
  • Page 354 8  Channel Power Measurement Auto Couple Auto Couple The Auto Couple feature provides a quick and convenient way to automatically couple multiple instrument settings. This helps ensure accurate measurements and optimum dynamic range. When the Auto Couple feature is activated, either from the front panel or remotely, all parameters of the current measurement that have an Auto/Manual mode are set to Auto mode and all measurement settings dependent on (or coupled to) the Auto/Man parameters are automatically adjusted for optimal performance.
  • Page 355 8  Channel Power Measurement Auto Couple WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 356 8  Channel Power Measurement Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to specify and control the video and resolution bandwidths. You can also select the type of filter for the measurement and set the filter bandwidth. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Res BW...
  • Page 357 8  Channel Power Measurement Couplings Sweep time is coupled to the RBW. As the RBW changes, the sweep time (if set to Auto) is changed to maintain amplitude calibration. Video bandwidth (VBW) is coupled to the RBW. As the resolution bandwidth changes, the video bandwidth (if set to Auto) changes to maintain the ratio of VBW/RBW (10:1).
  • Page 358 8  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CHPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo? [:SENSe]:CHPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO ON|OFF|1|0 [:SENSe]:CHPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO? Example CHP:BAND:VID 2.4 MHz CHP:BAND:VID? CHP:BAND:VID:AUTO OFF CHP:BAND:VID:AUTO? Notes You must be in the Spectrum Analysis mode, W-CDMA mode, cdma2000 mode, DVB-T/H mode, DTMB (CTTB) mode, ISDB-T mode, CMMB mode, Digital Cable TV mode, LTE mode, LTE TDD mode, WLAN mode, 1xEVDO mode, MSR,LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode or WIMAX OFDMA mode to use this command.
  • Page 359 8  Channel Power Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1 Hz 50 MHz Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Filter Type Selects the type of bandwidth filter that is used. The choices are Gaussian or Flat top. Key Path Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE,...
  • Page 360 8  Channel Power Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Continuous measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global so the setting will affect all measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Cont does a Resume. Key Path Front-panel key Remote Command :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF|ON|0|1...
  • Page 361 8  Channel Power Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) the INIT:CONT 0 command will place the analyzer in Single Sweep but will have no effect on the current sequence until k = N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to the idle state.
  • Page 362 8  Channel Power Measurement File File "File" on page 244 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 363 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ Channel Accesses a menu of  keys that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements – they do not change as you change measurements.  ...
  • Page 364 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ:CENT UP changes the center frequency to 150 MHz if you use FREQ:CENT:STEP 100 MHz to set the center frequency step size to 100 MHz FREQ:CENT? Notes This command sets either the RF or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input. For RF input it is equivalent to FREQ:RF:CENT For I/Q input it is equivalent to FREQ:IQ:CENT Preset and Max values are dependent on Hardware Options (5xx)
  • Page 365 FREQ Channel 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz 3.7 GHz (all but N9000A) 1.505 GHz 3.0 GHz 3.08 (N9000A) 1 GHz 3.8GHz 3.88 (M9420A) 1 GHz 6.0GHz 6.08 (M9420A) 3.505 GHz 7.0 GHz 7.1 GHz (all but N9000A) 3.755 GHz 7.5 GHz 7.58 (N9000A) 1.805 GHz...
  • Page 366 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel Tracking Generator Frequency Limits (N9000A only): Tracking Min Freq (clips to If above this Freq, Max Freq Generator this freq when Stop Freq clipped (can't tune Option turn TG on and to this Freq when above) while TG can’t tune below TG turned on...
  • Page 367 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel command is sent, this same message is generated as part of a “–221, Settings conflict” warning. If Source Mode is set to Tracking, and the Max or Min Center Freq is therefore limited by the limits of the source, a warning message is generated, “Data out of range;clipped to source max/min”...
  • Page 368 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel If the current measurement has a limited Span available to it, and cannot achieve the Span shown in the table (Span=Stop Freq – Start Freq), the analyzer uses the maximum Span the measurement allows, and still sets the Center Freq to the midpoint of the Start and Stop Freq values in the Harmonic Table.
  • Page 369 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel Note that the start and stop frequencies also step by the CF Step value.  Key Path FREQ Channel Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq> [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]? [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? Example FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON FREQ:CENT:STEP 500 MHz FREQ:CENT UP increases the current center frequency value by 500 MHz FREQ:CENT:STEP? FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes...
  • Page 370 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 371 8  Channel Power Measurement Input/Output Input/Output "Input/Output" on page 140 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 372 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker Marker Accesses a menu that enables you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Select Marker Displays 12 markers available for selection. Key Path Marker Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 373 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Properties Accesses the marker properties menu. Key Path Marker Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Select Marker Displays 12 markers available for selection. Key Path Marker Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 374 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker All Markers Off Turns off all markers. Key Path Marker Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer:AOFF Example CALC:CHP:MARK:AOFF Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 375 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker Remote Command :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:X:POSition <real> :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:X:POSition? Example CALC:CHP:MARK10:X:POS 0 CALC:CHP:MARK10:X:POS? Notes The query returns the marker’s absolute X Axis value in trace points if the control mode is Normal, or the offset from the marker’s reference marker in trace points if the control mode is Delta. Preset After a preset, all markers are turned OFF, so Marker X Axis Value query returns a not a number (NAN).
  • Page 376 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range On|Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 377 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker Function Marker Function There are no ‘Marker Functions’ supported in Channel Power, so this front-panel key displays a blank menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 378 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker To Marker To There is no ‘Marker To’ functionality supported in Channel Power measurement, so this front-panel key displays a blank key menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 379 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Meas The information in this section is common to all measurements. For key and remote command information for a specific measurement,  refer to the section that describes the measurement of interest. Measurements available under the Meas key are specific to the current Mode. When viewing Help for measurements, ...
  • Page 380 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Measurement Group of Commands Measure Commands: :MEASure:<measurement>[n]? This is a fast single-command way to make a measurement using the factory default instrument settings. These are the settings and units that conform to the Mode Setup settings (e.g. radio standard) that you have currently selected. •...
  • Page 381 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas the factory default instrument settings. It does not initiate the taking of measurement data unless INIT:CONTinuous is ON. If you change any measurement settings after using the CONFigure command, the READ command can be used to initiate a measurement without changing the settings back to their defaults.
  • Page 382 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas measurement and you send READ:ACP? it will initiate a new measurement using the same instrument settings. • Initiates the measurement and puts valid data into the output buffer. If a measurement other than the current one is specified, the instrument will switch to that measurement before it initiates the measurement and returns results.
  • Page 383 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Remote Command :CALCulate:DATA[n]? Notes The return trace depends on the measurement. In CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[n], n is any valid subopcode for the current measurement. It returns the same data as the FETCh:<measurement>? query where <measurement> is the current measurement.
  • Page 384 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas • CFIT or curve fit - applies curve fitting routines to the data. <soffset> and <length> are required to define the data that you want. <roffset> is an optional parameter for the desired order of the curve equation. The query will return the following values: the x-offset (in seconds) and the curve coefficients ((order + 1) values).
  • Page 385 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas • RMS - returns a single value that is the average power on a root-mean-squared voltage scale (arithmetic rms) of the data point values for the specified region(s) of trace data. See the following equation. For I/Q trace data, the rms of the magnitudes of the I/Q pairs is returned.
  • Page 386 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas where Xi is a data point value, X is the arithmetic mean of the data point values for the specified region (s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s). where |Xi| is the magnitude of an I/Q pair, X is the mean of the magnitudes for the specified region(s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s).
  • Page 387 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Sample Trace Data - Not Constant Envelope (See below for explanation of variables.) <soffset> - start offset is an optional real number. (It is in seconds for time-domain traces, and is a dimensionless index 0 to Npoints – 1, for frequency-domain traces). It specifies the amount of data at the beginning of the trace that will be ignored before the decimation process starts.
  • Page 388 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) Returns a list of all the peaks for the currently selected measurement and sub-opcode [n]. The peaks must meet the requirements of the peak threshold and excursion values. n = any valid sub-opcode for the current measurement.
  • Page 389 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas excursion value stored under the Peak Criteria menu. Values must be provided for threshold and excursion. The sorting and display line parameters are optional (defaults are AMPLitude and ALL). Note that there is always a Y-axis value for the display line, regardless of whether the display line state is on or off.
  • Page 390 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Fast Power acquisitions are configured using the DEFine command. This command accepts a comma- delimited string of configuration parameters and their appropriate values, which are all specified in the subsection below.
  • Page 391 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas DC Coupled Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DCCoupled=True" Notes The DC coupled parameter allows the user to specify whether the DC blocking capacitor is utilized. Set parameter to true when measuring frequencies below 10 MHz. Preset False Range True (DC Coupled) or False (AC Coupled) Default Unit Boolean...
  • Page 392 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Do Spur Suppression Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DoSpurSuppression=True" Notes When measuring very low level signals, or when large out-of-band inputs are input into the analyzer, sometimes unwanted spurs and residuals can appear in the measured spectrum.  Spur suppression is a method to help minimize the levels of these internally generated spurs and residuals.
  • Page 393 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision IF Gain Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "IFGain=10" Notes The IF gain parameter allows the user to specify the gain at the IF stage anywhere from –6 to 16 dB (1 dB steps).
  • Page 394 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Mechanical Attenuation Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "MechAttenuation=10" Notes The mechanical attenuation value parameter sets the amount of mechanical attenuation anywhere from 0 to 70 dB (2 dB steps). Preset 0 dB Range 0 – 70 dB (2 dB steps) Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00...
  • Page 395 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Preset 0 Hz Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Trigger Delay Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerDelay=0.025" Notes The trigger delay parameter sets the time after an external trigger is detected until the measurement is performed. Preset Range 0 –...
  • Page 396 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Trigger Source Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerSource=Ext1" Notes The trigger source parameter allows the user to choose between measurement’s  triggering freely or controlled by an external input. Ext1 and Ext2 correspond to Trigger 1 In and Trigger 2 In, respectively. Preset Free Range...
  • Page 397 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Default Unit Boolean Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Channel Bandwidth Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Bandwidth=[3.84e6, 5e6, 3.84e6]" Notes The bandwidth parameter array defines the bandwidth of each channel that will be measured. All array parameters should have the same number of elements. Alternatively, if all the elements are the same value, a single number with no square brackets can be used to define the parameter.
  • Page 398 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Channel Measurement Function Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Function=[BandPower, PeakPower, BandPower]" Notes This parameter array defines what measurement is being made for each individually-specified channel: BandPower: Total power within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) BandDensity: Total power density within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm/Hz) PeakPower: The peak power value within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) PeakFrequency: The frequency which corresponds to the peak power value within the specified bandwidth of...
  • Page 399 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas bandwidth percent parameter specifies the percent of total power in these channels. The valid range for this parameter is 0.0 to 1.0, where 1.0 represents 100%.  The default for this parameter is 0.99, which will return the bandwidth that contains 99% of the total channel power.
  • Page 400 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas This command query is used to retrieve a list of all defined parameters in an ASCII format. The following is an example of the returned results: "DCCoupled=False,ElecAttBypass=True,ElecAttenuation=0,IFGain=0,MechAttenuation=0,PreAmpMode=Off,PreSelectorOffset =0,UsePreSelector=False,ExternalReferenceFrequency=10000000,FrequencyReferenceSource=AutoExternalFrequencyRefer ence,IFType=B40M,LOMode=SLW,SignalInput=FpMainRf,AcquisitionTime=0.001,CenterFrequency=1000000000,Resolution BW=0,ResolutionBWMode=BestSpeed,DetectorType=RmsAverage,Bandwidth=[1000000],OffsetFrequency=[0],Function= [BandPower],FilterType=[IBW],FilterAlpha=[0.22],OccupiedBandwidthPercent=[0.99],XdBBandwidth=[– 3.01],DoNoiseCorrection=False,DoSpurSuppression=False,MeasurementMethod=HardwareFFT,IncludePowerSpectrum=Fals e,TriggerDelay=0,TriggerLevel=1.2,TriggerSlope=Positive,TriggerSource=Free,TriggerTimeout=1" A.14.00 Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The configure command begins hardware setup and returns immediately, with no acquisition made.
  • Page 401 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The INITiate command begins an acquisition and returns immediately. The results of the measurement can be retrieved using FETCh. Mode Remote Command :CALCulate:FPOWer:POWer[1,2,…,999]:INITiate Example :CALC:FPOW:POW1:INIT Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 402 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. See notes for Fast Power Fetch for return format. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) This command query is used as shorthand for an INIT command immediately followed by a FETC? command.
  • Page 403 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas 3. Declared function result for the 2nd specified channel [4 byte float] … (m + 1). Declared function result for the last (mth) specified channel [4 byte float] ADC Over Range 1. ADC over-range occurred (1: true, 0: false) [2 byte short] Spectrum Data 1.
  • Page 404 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Notes backwards compatibility for the Swept SA measurement. For all other commands/queries which honor FORMat:DATA, if INT,32 is sent the analyzer will behave as though it were set to REAL,32. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 The specs for each output type follow: ASCii - Amplitude values are in ASCII, in the current Y Axis Unit, one ASCII character per digit, values separated by commas, each value in the form:...
  • Page 405 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Meas Setup Displays the setup menu for the currently selected measurement. The parameters included in this menu are as follows. Averaging IF Gain Channel Power Span Integrated Bandwidth Filter Bandwidth Root Raised Cosine (RRC) Filter Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 406 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup DVB-T/H: 20 DTMB (CTTB): 20 ISDB-T: 10 CMMB: 10 Digital Cable TV: 10 WLAN: 10 LTEAFDD, LTEATDD:200 State Saved Saved in instrument state. 10000 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Avg Mode Allows you to select the type of termination control used for the averaging function.
  • Page 407 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Integ BW Specifies the range of integration used in calculating the power in the channel. The integration bandwidth (IBW) is displayed on the trace as two markers connected by an arrow. Key Path Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD...
  • Page 408 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup if Radio Std is 802.11ac (80 MHz + 80 MHz): 80 MHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 100 Hz Hardware Maximum Span Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00, A.14.50 Method Turns the Root Raised Cosine (RRC) filter On or Off.
  • Page 409 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Method Turns the Root Raised Cosine (RRC) filter On or Off. The α value (roll off) for the filter is set to the value of the Filter Alpha parameter, and the RRC filter bandwidth is set to the Filter BW parameter. Key Path Meas Setup Mode...
  • Page 410 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup mode, LTE TDD mode, WLAN mode,WIMAX OFMDA mode or W-CDMA mode to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies For CDMA2K mode, this key is blank. For 1xEVDO mode, this key is blank. For MSR mode, this key is blank.
  • Page 411 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup WIMAX OFDMA: 10MHz DVB-T/H: 8MHz DTMB (CTTB): 7.56MHz ISDB-T: 5.6MHz CMMB: 7.512MHz Digital Cable TV: 6.9MHz WLAN: if Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM): 16.6 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11b: 22 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11n(20MHz): 17.8 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11n(40MHz: 36.6 MHz State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 412 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Example CALC:CHP:LIM:POW 16.00 CALC:CHP:LIM:POW? CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:STAT ON CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:STAT? Notes This parameter and PSD Limit can determine Pass/Fail criteria. If (( power limit = On) and (PSD limit= Off) ) Pass if (power test passes) Fail if (power test fails) If (( power limit = On) and (PSD limit= On) ) Pass if ( both power test and PSD test pass) Fail if ( either of power test or PSD test fails)
  • Page 413 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:PSDensity? :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:PSDensity:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:PSDensity:STATe? Example CALC:CHP:LIM:PSD 4.00 CALC:CHP:LIM:PSD? CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:STAT ON CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:STAT? Notes This parameter and Power Limit can determine Pass/Fail criteria. If (( power limit = On) and (PSD limit= Off) ) Pass if (power test passes) Fail if (power test fails) If (( power limit = On) and (PSD limit= On) ) Pass if ( both power test and PSD test pass)
  • Page 414 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Notes This command is query only. When Power Limit is off, the returned value is always 0 (pass). When Power Limit is on, the returned value is 0(pass) while power test passes and 1(fail) while power test fails.
  • Page 415 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Meas Preset Restores all the measurement parameters to their default values. Key Path Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command :CONFigure:CHPower Example...
  • Page 416 8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Mode "Mode" on page 180 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 417 8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Preset Mode Preset Returns the active mode to a known state. Mode Preset does the following for the currently active mode: • Aborts the currently running measurement. • Brings up the default menu for the mode, with no active function. •...
  • Page 418 8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Preset User Preset. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 How-To Preset The table below shows all possible presets, their corresponding SCPI commands and front-panel access (key paths). Instrument settings depend on the current measurement context. Some settings are local to the current measurement, some are global (common) across all the measurements in the current mode, and some are global to all the available modes.
  • Page 419 8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Preset Power On Mode Preset :SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE System Menu Power On User Preset :SYSTem:PON:TYPE USER System Menu Power On Last State :SYSTem:PON:TYPE LAST System Menu WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 420 8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Setup Mode Setup "Mode Setup" on page 199 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 421 8  Channel Power Measurement Peak Search Peak Search Places the selected marker on the trace point with the maximum y-axis value. Pressing Peak Search with the selected marker Off causes the selected marker to be set to Normal, then a peak search is immediately performed.

  • Page 422: Print

    8  Channel Power Measurement Print Print "Print " on page 249 WLAN Mode Reference...

  • Page 423: Quick Save

    8  Channel Power Measurement Quick Save Quick Save The Quick Save front-panel key repeats the most recent save that was performed from the Save menu, with the following exceptions: • Register saves are not remembered as Saves for the purpose of the Quick Save function •...
  • Page 424 8  Channel Power Measurement Quick Save If you enter a file name for a given file type, then the prefix becomes the filename you entered instead of the default prefix, followed by an underscore. The last four letters (the suffix) are the 4-digit number. For example, if you save a measurement results file as “fred.csv”, then the next auto file name chosen for a measurement results save will be fred_0000.csv.

  • Page 425: Recall

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Recall The Recall menu lets you choose what you want to recall, and where you want to recall it from. Among the types of files you can recall are States andTraces. In addition, an Import (Data) option lets you recall a number of data types stored in CSV files (as used by Excel and other spreadsheet programs).
  • Page 426 8  Channel Power Measurement Recall The content of a state file includes all of the settings and data required to return the analyzer as closely as possible to the Mode it was in, with the exact settings that were in place, when the save occurred. The Mode settings in each state file include the settings that are affected by Mode Preset, as well as the additional settings affected by Restore Mode Defaults;...

  • Page 427: More Information

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall • Executes a *CLS If the file specified is empty an error is generated. If the specified file does not exist, another error is generated. If there is a mismatch between the file and the proper file type, an error is generated. If there is a mismatch between file version or model number or instrument version or model number, a warning is displayed.
  • Page 428 8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Listed below are the functions of the various fields in the dialog, and the corresponding softkeys: Open Performs the recall of the specified file. While the recall is being performed, the floppy icon appears briefly in the Meas bar.

  • Page 429: Edit Register Names

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Accesses a menu that enables you to sort the files within the File Open dialog. Only one sorting type can be selected at a time and the sorting happens immediately. The sorting types are By Date, By Name, By extension, and By Size.
  • Page 430 8  Channel Power Measurement Recall modified. In addition, you can use the Edit Register Names key under Save, State to enter custom names for each register. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, recalling the same register name on each instance is a way to share setups between the instances.

  • Page 431: Sequences

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall After the recall completes, the message "Register <register number> recalled" appears in the message bar.  If you are in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, and you are recalling a register that was saved in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, then after the recall, you will still be in the Recall Register menu. If the Recall causes you to switch modes, then after the Recall, you will be in the Frequency menu.

  • Page 432: Open

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Example :MMEM:LOAD:SEQ:SLIS "MySequence.txt" Dependencies Only available in XOBT Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Open… When you press “Open”, the analyzer brings up a Windows dialog and a menu entitled “File Open.” This menu allows you to navigate to the various fields in the Windows dialog without using a keyboard or mouse.

  • Page 433: Masks

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Readback The data type that is currently selected Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Masks This key enables you to recall a preset mask file from the list. It is only available in SEM measurement under the Data menu: Limit Mask.

  • Page 434: Capture Buffer

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Capture Buffer Capture buffer functionality is only available when measurement is Mod Accuracy and radio standand is not 802.11ac 80+80MHz. The captured data is raw data which is not processed. Key Path Recall, Data Mode WLAN Example MMEM:LOAD:CAPT "MyCaptureData.bin"...

  • Page 435: Restart

    8  Channel Power Measurement Restart Restart The Restart function restarts the current sweep, or measurement, or set of averaged/held sweeps or measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Restart does a Resume. The Restart function is accessed in several ways: • Pressing the Restart key •...
  • Page 436 8  Channel Power Measurement Restart Even when set for Single operation, multiple sweeps may be taken when Restart is pressed (for example, when averaging/holding is on). Thus when we say that Restart "restarts a measurement," we may mean: • It restarts the current sweep •...

  • Page 437: Save

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save Save The Save menu lets you choose what you want to save and where you want to save it. Among the types of files you can save are States, Traces, and Screen Images. In addition, an Export (Data) option lets you save a number of data types as CSV files for easy import into Excel and other spreadsheet programs.

  • Page 438: To File

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save After saving to a register, that register’s menu key is updated with the date the time, unless a custom label has been entered for that key. After saving to a register, you remain in the Save State menu, so that you can see the Register key update.
  • Page 439 8  Channel Power Measurement Save the file will be overwritten. Using the C: drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being overwritten during an instrument software upgrade. While the save is being performed, the floppy icon appears briefly in the Meas bar. File/Folder List Enables you to navigate to the center of the dialog that contains the list of files and folders.

  • Page 440: Edit Register Names

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save This key corresponds to the Cancel selection in the dialog. It causes the current Save As request to be cancelled.  The ESC key does the same thing. Key Path Save, State Mode Notes Brings up Save As dialog for saving a State Save Type Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Edit Register Names...

  • Page 441: Register 1 Thru Register 16

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save consequence of this is that the names will be persistent through a power cycle. Also, if a named state file is transferred to another analyzer, it will bring its custom name along with it.  If you try to edit the name of an empty register, the analyzer will first save the state to have a file to put the name in.

  • Page 442: Mass Storage Catalog  (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save what date and time it was last modified. In addition, you can use the Edit Register Names key to enter custom names for each register. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, save with different register name if you do not want to overwrite the register of another running instance.

  • Page 443: Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only) Key path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:CDIRectory [<directory_name>] :MMEMory:CDIRectory? Notes The string must be a valid logical path. Changes the default directory for a mass memory file system. The <directory_name> parameter is a string.

  • Page 444: Mass Storage Delete   (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save Mass Storage Delete   (Remote Command Only) Key path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:DELete <file_name>[,<directory_name>] Notes The string must be a valid logical path. Removes a file from the specified directory. The <file_name> parameter specifies the file name to be removed.

  • Page 445: Mass Storage Remove Directory (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save Two forms of parameters are allowed. The first form has two parameters. In this form, the first parameter specifies the source, and the second parameter specifies the destination. The second form has four parameters. In this form, the first and third parameters specify the source. The second and fourth parameters specify the directories.

  • Page 446: Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only) This command is used to set or query a removable media device’s label. Key Path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:RMEDia:LABel <partition>,<string> :MMEMory:RMEDia:LABel? <partition> Example MMEM:RMED:LAB “F:”,”My Device” Notes If the <partition>...

  • Page 447: Sequences

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save Sequences These keys allow you to save a Tab separated or CSV file of the setup parameters required to build a Sequence. In order to save you must select the Save As button and choose a destination folder. Key Path Save, Sequences Mode...

  • Page 448: Data (Export)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save Notes Brings up Save As dialog for saving a Sequence Save Type Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Data (Export) Exporting a data file stores data from the current measurement to mass storage files. The Export Menu only contains data types that are supported by the current measurement.
  • Page 449 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Key Path Save, Data Mode WLAN Example MMEM:STOR:CAPT "MyCaptureData.bin" This stores the capture data in the file MyCaptureData.bin in the default directory. Dependencies Capture buffer data is only available when measurement is  Mod Accuracy and radio standand is not 802.11ac 80+80MHz.
  • Page 450 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Screen Image files contain an exact representation of the analyzer display. They cannot be loaded back onto the analyzer, but they can be loaded into your PC for use in many popular applications. The image to be saved is actually captured when the Save front panel key is pressed, and kept in temporary storage to be used if you ask for a Screen Image save. ...
  • Page 451 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Themes Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to choose the theme to be used when saving the screen image. The Themes option is the same as the Themes option under the Display and Page Setup dialogs. It allows you to choose between themes to be used when saving the screen image.
  • Page 452 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM FCOL Readback Flat Color Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Flat Monochrome Selects a format that is like Flat Color. But only black is used (no colors, not even gray), and no fill. Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example...
  • Page 453 8  Channel Power Measurement Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Single measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global, so the setting will affect all the measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Single does a Resume. "More Information"...
  • Page 454 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Source Opens a menu of keys that access various source configuration menus and settings. In the  test set, pressing this key also causes the central view area to change and display the Source Control Main view. Key Path Front-panel key RF Output...
  • Page 455 8  Channel Power Measurement Source RF Power Allows you to adjust the power level of the source using the numeric keypad, step keys, or RPG. Pressing any digit, 0 through 9, on the numeric keypad brings up the unit terminator. Please refer to the "RF Power Range "...
  • Page 456 –150 dBm 0 dBm Note: This is the UI power range, it’s larger than actual spec. Note2: GPS port is on the multiport adapter, or E6607C which has embedded MPA. M9420A: RF Power Range Max Output Power Max Output Power...
  • Page 457 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Amplitude Dependencies This key is unavailable, and is grayed out when the "List Sequencer" on page 2208 is turned ON. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Power Ref This key allows you to toggle the state of the power reference. When you use a power reference, the signal generator outputs an RF power that is set relative to the reference power by the value entered under Source>Amplitude>RF Power as follows: Output power = reference power + entered power...
  • Page 458 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Displayed value = output power + offset value Where: output power equals the original RF Power entered under Source>Amplitude>RF Power offset value equals the value entered under Source>Amplitude>Amptd Offset When the amplitude offset is set to a value other than zero (0) and you enter a new RF power value under Source>Amplitude>RF Power, the displayed power will be the same as the value entered and the RF output power will be equal to the value entered minus the offset value as follows: Output power = entered power –...
  • Page 459 8  Channel Power Measurement Source "Sequencer" on page 2208 is set to ON, the “MOD” annunciator will be replaced by “SEQ” in the system settings panel indicating that the output is controlled by list sequencer. Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Frequency...
  • Page 460 8  Channel Power Measurement Source 2.4GHz–2.5GHz, 4.8GHz–6.0GHz. If the user-defined frequency is outside of range, UI will report an error message called “Settings conflict; Frequency is outside available range”. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Channel The frequency of the source can be specified by a channel number of a given frequency band. This key allows you to specify the current channel number.
  • Page 461 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) DCS 1800 Uplink (MS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 885 1710.200 + 0.20*(n–512) Downlink (BS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 885 1805.200 + 0.20*(n–512) PCS 1900 Uplink (MS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 810 1850.200 + 0.2*(n–512) Downlink (BS) 512 ≤...
  • Page 462 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) Uplink 782 ≤ n ≤ 862 n÷5 + 670.1 n÷5 4132 ≤ n ≤ 4233 1037 ≤ n ≤ 1062 Band VI Downlink n÷5 + 670.1 4387 ≤ n ≤ 4413 n÷5 Uplink n÷5 + 670.1...
  • Page 463 8  Channel Power Measurement Source CDMA 2000 / 1xEVDO Channel Number Ranges Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) US Cellular Uplink (MS, 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.030×N+ 825.000 reverse link) 0.030× (N–1023) + 825.000 991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 1024 ≤...
  • Page 464 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) forward link) Secondary 800 Uplink (MS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 719 0.025×N+ 806.000 MHz Band reverse link) 720 ≤ N ≤ 919 0.025×(N–720) + 896.000 Downlink (BS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 719 0.025×N+ 851.000 forward link) 720 ≤...
  • Page 465 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) 800 PAMR Uplink (MS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 239 870.0125 + 0.025×N reverse link) Downlink (BS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 239 915.0125 + 0.025×N forward link) LTE FDD Channel Number Ranges The carrier frequency in the uplink and downlink is designated by the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) in the range 0 –...
  • Page 466 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Downlink Uplink 5010 5010 – 5179 23010 23010 – 23179 5180 5180 – 5279 23180 23180 – 23279 5280 5280 – 5379 23280 23280 – 23379 … 5730 5730 – 5849 23730 23730 – 23849 5850 5850 –...
  • Page 467 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Downlink Uplink FDL_low NOffs-DL Range of FUL_low (MHz) NOffs-UL Range of (MHz) 1900 36000 36000 –36199 1900 36000 36000 – 36199 2010 36200 36200 –36349 2010 36200 36200 – 36349 1850 36350 36350 –36949 1850 36350 36350 –...
  • Page 468 8  Channel Power Measurement Source where F is the carrier frequency in MHz Additional channels applicable to operation in the frequency band defined in sub-clause 5.2(d) are defined via the following UARFCN definition: Nt = 5 * (F – 2150.1 MHz)2572.5 MHz ≤ F≤ 2617.5 MHz UARFCN 1.28 Mcps TDD Option The following UARFCN range shall be supported for each band:...
  • Page 469 8  Channel Power Measurement Source channel band allow you to use  channel numbers to set  frequency automatically. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup Remote Command :SOURce:FREQuency:CHANnels:BAND NONE | PGSM | EGSM | RGSM | DCS1800 | PCS1900 | TGSM810 | GSM450 | GSM480 | GSM700 | GSM850 | BANDI | BANDII | BANDIII | BANDIV | BANDV | BANDVI | BANDVII | BANDVIII | BANDIX | BANDX | BANDXI | BANDXII | BANDXIII | BANDXIV | BANDXIX | USCELL | USPCS | JAPAN | KOREAN | NMT | IMT2K | UPPER | SECOND | PAMR400 |...
  • Page 470 8  Channel Power Measurement Source E-GSM Selects E-GSM as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND EGSM Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 R-GSM Selects R-GSM as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND RGSM Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 471 8  Channel Power Measurement Source GSM 480 Selects GSM 480 as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND GSM480 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 GSM 850 Selects GSM 850 as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example...
  • Page 472 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band II Selects Band II as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 473 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDVI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band VII Selects Band VII as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDVII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 474 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDXI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band XII Selects Band XII as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDXII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 475 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND1 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 2 Selects BAND 2 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND2 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 3 Selects BAND 3 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 476 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND6 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 7 Selects BAND 7 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND7 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 8 Selects BAND 8 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 477 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND11 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 12 Selects BAND 12 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND12 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 13 Selects BAND 13 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 478 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND18 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 19 Selects BAND 19 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND19 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 20 Selects BAND 20 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 479 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND25 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 26 Selects BAND 26 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND26 Initial S/W Revision A.12.53 BAND 27 Selects BAND 27 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 480 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 33 Selects BAND 33 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND33 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 34 Selects BAND 34 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 481 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 38 Selects BAND 38 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND38 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 39 Selects BAND 39 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 482 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 43 Selects BAND 43 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND43 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 44 Selects BAND 44 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 483 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDC Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND D Selects BAND D as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDD Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 484 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:RAD:BAND:LINK UP Preset DOWN Range DOWN | UP Backwards :SOURce:RADio:DEVice BTS|MS Compatibility SCPI :SOURce:RADio:DEVice? Backwards Compatibility BTS maps to the Downlink frequency Notes MS maps to the Uplink frequency Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Set Reference Frequency This key allows you to set the frequency reference.
  • Page 485 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Freq Reference This key allows you to toggle the state of the frequency reference. When the frequency reference state is ON, an annunciator is displayed on the main source view to indicate this state to the user. When you use a frequency reference, the signal generator outputs a frequency that is set relative to the reference frequency by the value entered under Source>Frequency>Frequency as follows: Output frequency = reference frequency + entered frequency...
  • Page 486 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Displayed value = output frequency + offset value Where: output frequency equals the original frequency entered under Source>Frequency>Frequency offset value equals the value entered under Source>Frequency>Freq Offset When the frequency offset is set to a value other than zero (0) and you enter a new frequency value under Source>Frequency>Frequency, the displayed frequency will be the same as the value entered and the RF output frequency will be equal to the value entered minus the offset value as follows: Output frequency = entered frequency –...
  • Page 487 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Allows you to toggle the state of the ARB function. When the ARB is On, a “MOD” annunciator is displayed in the system settings panel. When the ARB is turned Off, the MOD annunciator is cleared Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB Remote Command...
  • Page 488 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:WAVeform <string> :SOURce:RADio:ARB:WAVeform? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:WAV “test_waveform.bin” Notes If intended waveform is not in the memory yet, then issuing this command by SCPI will invoke ARB loading operation first, which involves a delay of unpredictable length.
  • Page 489 8  Channel Power Measurement Source name on the HDD. “NVWFM” (none-volatile storage) MSUS (Mass Storage Unit Specifier) is supported in the memory subsystem because the ARB memory cannot be accessed directly. Therefore, files must be downloaded to the instrument hard disk and then loaded into the ARB memory. “NVWFM” MSUS will be mapped to the default directory D: VARB.
  • Page 490 8  Channel Power Measurement Source same name, you must rename one of the segments before loading it into ARB memory. To rename a segment, you can either use Windows File Explorer, or the :MEMory:COPY command. NOTE: When a waveform file is loaded to ARB memory, burst timing adjustments are made automatically, based on whether or not a Multiport Adapter is connected to the test set and powered on.
  • Page 491 8  Channel Power Measurement Source :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DEF:DIR? State Saved Persistent, survives a power cycle and a preset but not saved in the instrument state Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Segments in ARB Memory Allows you access to the sub-menus for managing the files within ARB memory. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 492 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:DELete:ALL Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DELete:ALL Notes When in Sequence Analyzer mode and Include Source is Yes, an attempt to delete all files from ARB memory is rejected with an error. When Include Source is No and you attempt to delete all files from ARB memory when the ARB is currently playing a file, all files except the one playing are deleted and an error is generated. ...
  • Page 493 Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RSC 100.00 Notes This setting cannot be set in E6640A/M9420A. Grey out on menu and the value is fixed at 70.00%. Dependencies When a new waveform is selected for playback the settings contained within the associated waveform header file are applied to the ARB. The run-time scaling is one of the values stored within the header file.
  • Page 494 Current RMS Allows you to directly specify current RMS value used to playback currently selected waveform. Please note incorrect RMS value may cause inaccurate power output in E6640A/M9420A that is sensitive to RMS value. This setting is also updated by RMS in waveform header or updated when invoking RMS calculation operation.
  • Page 495 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Preset AUTO Range AUTO | M1 | M2 | M3 | M4 Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Auto RMS will be calculated based on the whole sample range of current selected waveform. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, ARB Setup, Edit RMS, Calculate RMS, RMS Calculation Mode Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RMS:CALC:MODE AUTO Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 496 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker 4 Selects marker 4 to designate sample range used for RMS calculation. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, ARB Setup, Edit RMS, Calculate RMS, RMS Calculation Mode , Marker Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RMS:CALC:MODE M4 Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Calculate RMS Allows you to calculate current RMS based on mode selected.
  • Page 497 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Trigger Type Allows access to the trigger type sub-menus. The setting for trigger type determines the behavior of the waveform when it plays. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE CONTinuous | SINGle | SADVance :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:TYPE CONT...
  • Page 498 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Trigger + Run Sets Trigger and Run as the trigger response for the continuous trigger type. Trigger and Run sets the waveform generator to play a waveform sequence or segment continuously when the first trigger is received, and to ignore any subsequent triggers.
  • Page 499 8  Channel Power Measurement Source received during playback are ignored. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Trigger Type, Single Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RETR OFF Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Buffered Trigger Selects Buffered Trigger as the trigger response for single trigger type. Buffered Trigger sets the waveform generator to play a waveform sequence or segment once when a trigger is received.
  • Page 500 8  Channel Power Measurement Source :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE:SADVance[:TYPE]? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:TYPE:SADV SING Preset CONTinuous Range Single | Continuous Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Single Selects Single as the trigger response for Segment Advance trigger type. With single selected, once a trigger is received a segment is played once. If a trigger is received during playback of a segment, the segment plays to completion and the next segment is played once.
  • Page 501 8  Channel Power Measurement Source :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIGger KEY Dependencies This key is grayed out if the current trigger type is Continuous, Free Run. Preset EXTernal2 Range Trigger Key | Bus | External 2 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Trigger Key Sets the current trigger source to the front panel Trigger key.
  • Page 502 8  Channel Power Measurement Source active only if you select external trigger as trigger source. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Trigger Source Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay <time> :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay? SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay:STATe OFF | ON | 0 | 1 :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay:STATe? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL 100ns :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL? :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL:STAT ON :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL:STAT?
  • Page 503 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Build New Sequence Allows access to the sub-menus for creating a new waveform sequence. Pressing this key changes the central view area to display the Waveform Sequence Creation and Editing view. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Sequences Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only.
  • Page 504 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Segments on Hard Disk Allows you access to the sub-menus for loading waveform segments from the hard disk into ARB memory. The default directory is: D: varb. Pressing this key changes the current view to the Waveform Management View. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 505 8  Channel Power Measurement Source If the ARB is ON when you load afile to ARB memory or delete a file from ARB memory, the playing waveform segment may not keep phase continuity during the ARB memory operation. The waveform will be replayed after the ARB operation is finished.
  • Page 506 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Default Directory... Allows you to change the default directory. It is used as a search location for waveform segments that are required to be loaded into ARB memory for playback of a waveform sequence, and as a search location for selecting waveforms using SCPI.
  • Page 507 8  Channel Power Measurement Source sequencer, an error is generated. When sequencer state is On, even if ARB state is On, the selected waveform will not be played. In this case, if the selected waveform is not used in List Sequence, it can be deleted and the ARB state is turned Off.
  • Page 508 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only. Preset 65535 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 1 Allows you to enable or disable marker 1 for the currently selected waveform. For a waveform sequence, you can enable and disable markers on a per-segment basis, allowing you to output markers from some waveform segments within the sequence, but not for others.
  • Page 509 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Notes No remote command, front panel only. Preset Enabled Range Enabled|Disabled Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 4 Allows you to enable or disable marker 4 for the currently selected waveform. For a waveform sequence, you can enable and disable markers on a per-segment basis, allowing you to output markers from some waveform segments within the sequence, but not for others.
  • Page 510 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Sequences Notes No remote command, front panel only. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Current Directory... Allows you to change the currently selected directory on the hard disk. Pressing this key opens a standard windows change directory dialog and allows you to select the new directory of interest.
  • Page 511 The second SCPI :SYSTem:LICense[:FPACk]:WAVeform:ADD is provided to be consistent with the style of Keysight  signal sources. You can use either one of them. Since adding a waveform segment to a Multi-Pack license causes the license slot to enter the trial period of only 48 hours, pressing this key causes a confirmation dialog to be displayed to ensure you do want to add the waveform segment to the Multi-Pack.
  • Page 512 8  Channel Power Measurement Source default directory D: VARB. The SCPI command supports using either “NVWFM” MSUS or specifying a full path. For more information, see Memory Subsystem (Remote Command Only). If a file of the same name already exists within ARB memory, it is overwritten. If you wish to load two segments of the same name, you must rename one of the segments before loading it into ARB memory.
  • Page 513 8  Channel Power Measurement Source connection/power status of the Multiport Adapter is changed after a waveform file has been loaded, it needs to be loaded again. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:LOAD:ALL <string>...
  • Page 514 The second SCPI :SYSTem:LICense[:FPACk]:WAVeform:REPLace is provided to be consistent with the style of Keysight  signal sources. You can use either one of them. If you attempt to license a waveform that is already licensed using another slot an error is generated. ...
  • Page 515 The second SCPI :SYSTem:LICense[:FPACk]:WAVeform:LOCK is provided to be consistent with the style of Keysight  signal sources. You can use either one of them. Waveform slot number <int> is positive. If you attmpt to input a slot number less than or equals 0, an error is generated.
  • Page 516 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Mkr 1 Polarity Allows you to set the polarity of marker 1. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Polarity Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:MPOLarity:MARKer1 POSitive|NEGative :SOURce:RADio:ARB:MPOLarity:MARKer1? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MPOL:MARK1 NEG Dependencies When a new waveform is selected for playback the settings contained within the associated waveform header file are applied to the ARB.
  • Page 517 8  Channel Power Measurement Source waveform header file are applied to the ARB. The marker polarity is one of the values stored within the header file. If the newly selected waveform file has an associated header file, the marker polarity is updated with the value from the header file.
  • Page 518 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker points should be set before using this function. Enabling this function without setting maker points may create a continuous low or high signal, dependant on the marker polarity. This causes either no RF output, or a continuous RF output. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing Remote Command...
  • Page 519 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker 3 Sets marker 3 to be used for the pulse/RF blanking function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, Pulse/RF Blank Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MDES:PULS M3 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 4 Sets marker 4 to be used for the pulse/RF blanking function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, Pulse/RF Blank Example...
  • Page 520 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker 1 Sets marker 1 to be used for the ALC hold function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, ALC Hold Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MDES:PULS M1 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 2 Sets marker 2 to be used for the ALC hold function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, ALC Hold Example...
  • Page 521 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Clear Header Allows you to clear the header information from the file header associated with the currently selected waveform. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Header Utilities Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:HEADer:CLEar Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:HEAD:CLE Notes Attempting to clear the header details via SCPI when no waveform was selected for playback will generate an error. ...
  • Page 522 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 AM Depth Allows you to set the amplitude modulation depth in percent. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, AM Remote Command :SOURce:AM[:DEPTh][:LINear] :SOURce:AM[:DEPTh][:LINear]? Example :SOUR:AM 0.1 Preset 0.1 % 0.1 % 95.0 %...
  • Page 523 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Enables or disables the frequency modulation. Turning FM on when another modulation format is already on results in the previous modulation format being turned off and the generation of an error. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, FM Remote Command :SOURce:FM:STATe :SOURce:FM:STATe?
  • Page 524 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Allows access to the menu for configuring the phase modulation. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Enables or disables the phase modulation. Turning PM on when another modulation format is already on results in the previous modulation format being turned off and the generation of an error.
  • Page 525 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:PM:INT:FREQ 40.0 Hz Preset 400.0 Hz 10 Hz 40 kHz Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 List Sequencer Allows you access to the sub-menus for configuring the list sequencer. List sequences allows you to enter frequencies and amplitudes at unequal intervals in nonlinear ascending, descending or random order.
  • Page 526 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Initiate Sequence Pressing this key arms the sequence for single execution. Once the sequence is armed the source begins the sequence as soon as the trigger is received. If the trigger is set to Free Run, the sequence starts immediately.
  • Page 527 8  Channel Power Measurement Source within the steps set to their default values. Decreasing the number of steps removes steps from the end of the list. The settings within the removed steps are not reset. This means that increasing the number of steps again would allow you to retrieve these steps.
  • Page 528 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Notes No remote command, Front Panel key only. If the list already contains the minimum limit of 1 step, no operation will be made after pressing this Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Clear List...
  • Page 529 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Step Trigger Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:INP:TRIG INT Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Manual (Trigger Key) Sets the trigger input for the current step to Manual (Trigger Key). Any step in the sequence set to Manual will cause the sequence execution to stop until the manual trigger key is pressed.
  • Page 530 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Transition Time Allows you to specify the transition time for the current step. The transition time is the amount of time allowed for the source to settle at the current frequency or amplitude value. Transition Time should not be taken as additional time before or inside the Step Duration. You can set a value for the settling time to allow the source output frequency or amplitude to become stable.
  • Page 531 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Radio Standard Allows access to the sub-menus for selecting the radio standard and the associated radio band for use in the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:RADio:BAND NONE | PGSM | EGSM | RGSM | DCS1800 | PCS1900 | TGSM810 | GSM450 | GSM480 | GSM700 | GSM850...
  • Page 532 8  Channel Power Measurement Source P-GSM Selects P-GSM as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 E-GSM Selects E-GSM as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 533 8  Channel Power Measurement Source GSM 480 Selects GSM 480 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 GSM 850 Selects GSM 850 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 534 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band II Selects Band II as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band III...
  • Page 535 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band VIII Selects Band VIII as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band IX...
  • Page 536 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band XIV Selects Band XIV as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Pressing this key once selects LTE FDD as the radio standard and the current LTE FDD band as the active...
  • Page 537 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 4 Selects BAND 4 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 5 Selects BAND 5 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 538 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 10 Selects BAND 10 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 11 Selects BAND 11 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 539 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 18 Selects BAND 18 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 19 Selects BAND 19 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 540 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 26 Selects BAND 26 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.12.53 BAND 27 Selects BAND 27 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 541 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 34 Selects BAND 34 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND34 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 35 Selects BAND 35 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 542 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 39 Selects BAND 39 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND39 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 40 Selects BAND 40 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 543 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 44 Selects BAND 44 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 TDSCDMA Sets TDSCDMA as the radio standard for use and accesses the TDSCDMA specific channel band sub- menus..
  • Page 544 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDD Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND E Selects BAND E as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 545 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Channel Allows you to specify the frequency of the current step via a channel number. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:CNFRequency <double> :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:CNFRequency? Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:CNFR 124 :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:CNFR? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40. This SCPI is used to setup channel number or frequency setting, according to current Radio Band setting.
  • Page 546 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Option 503 = 3.6 GHz Option 504 = 3.9 GHz Option 506 = 6.00 GHz Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Power Allows you to specify a power value for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:AMPLitude <double>...
  • Page 547 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:WAVeform <string> :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:WAVeform? Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “CW” :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Remote Command Notes String type, takes “Off” | “CW” | “Cont” | “waveform name” Preset Range Waveform | Continue Previous | CW | Off...
  • Page 548 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “Cont” Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Disable RF outpu of the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Waveform Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “Off” Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Segments on Hard Disk...
  • Page 549 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:LOAD <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD “D: VARB\testwaveform.bin” :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD “NVWFM:testwaveform.bin” Notes Because loading the file involves a delay of unpredictable length, this command should be followed by the query *OPC?, which holds off subsequent commands until the loading operating is complete.
  • Page 550 8  Channel Power Measurement Source When Include Source is No and there is insufficient free ARB memory to load all the waveforms, when the ARB memory is full, the copy ceases, and an error is generated. If you specify a directory over SCPI, but the directory does not exist, an error is generated.  If the ARB is ON, a user then loads or deletes file to ARB memory, the playing waveform segment may not keep phase continuity during the ARB memory operation.
  • Page 551 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Delete Segment From ARB Mem Allows you to remove a segment from ARB playback memory. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments in ARB Memory Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:DELete <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DEL “testwaveform.bin” Notes <string>...
  • Page 552 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Step Duration Allows access to the sub-menus for setting up the duration of play for the current step. The duration can be set to be either the number of times for the ARB file associated with the sequence to play, or a specific time value, or continuous.
  • Page 553 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TCO 1s :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TCO? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 This SCPI is reused by “Play Count” ,“Duration Time” and “Continuous Abort” according to current Duration Type setting is “Play Count” or “Duraton Time” or “Continuous Abort”. If current “Duration Type”...
  • Page 554 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Step Duration Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TYPE CONT Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Output Trigger Allows you to specify the trigger output for the current step. The trigger output signal is sent at the start of the step.
  • Page 555 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Repetition Example :SOUR:LIST:REP:TYPE SINGle Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Continuous Sets the repetition type as continuous for the whole source sequence. Source list will play continuously after initiation. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Repetition Example :SOUR:LIST:REP:TYPE CONTinuous Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 556 8  Channel Power Measurement Source DataMarker Sets the output trigger type as DataMarker for the whole source sequence. When DataMarker is selected, which marker to route is also needed to be set. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Trigger Type Example :SOUR:LIST:TRIG:TYP DAT Notes SCPI is supported after A.14.00...
  • Page 557 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker 4 Sets the output trigger maker routing to Marker 4 for DataMarker  in  the whole source sequence. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Trigger Type, DataMarker Example :SOUR:LIST:TRIG:TYPE:MARK M4 Notes SCPI is supported after A.14.00 Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Manual Trigger Now...
  • Page 558 8  Channel Power Measurement Span X Scale Span X Scale Accesses a menu of functions that enable you set the horizontal scale parameters. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Span Changes the frequency range symmetrically about the center frequency. The default (and minimum) Span is calculated using the number of carriers and the carrier width where;...
  • Page 559 8  Channel Power Measurement Span X Scale Preset SA: 3 MHz WCDMA: 7.5 MHz C2K: 1.845 MHz WIMAX OFDMA: 20 MHz 1xEVDO: 2.0MHz DVB-T/H: 10MHz DTMB (CTTB): 10MHz ISDB-T: 10MHz CMMB: 10MHz LTE: 7.5 MHz LTETDD: 7.5 MHz Digital Cable TV: 10MHz WLAN: if Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM): 30 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11b: 37.5MHz...
  • Page 560 8  Channel Power Measurement Span X Scale WLAN mode, 1xEVDO mode or WIMAX OFDMA mode to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies For MSR mode, this key is blank. For LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode, this key is blank. In order to keep backwards compitible with the legacy LTE FDD/TDD, the scpi command is supported in LTE &...
  • Page 561 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Sweep/Control Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set up and control the sweep timeand source for the current measurement. See "Sweep/Control" on page 2244 for more information. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Sweep Time Selects the length of time that the spectrum analyzer sweeps the displayed frequency span.
  • Page 562 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control WLAN: Automatically Calculated LTEAFDD,LTEATDD:Automatically Calculated State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1 ms 4000 s Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Sweep Setup Accesses a menu that enables you to set the sweep state for the current measurement. Key Path Sweep/Control Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 563 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Preset NORMal State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Norm|Accy Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Pause Pauses a measurement after the current data acquisition is complete. When Paused, the label on the key changes to Resume.
  • Page 564 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate Remote Command [:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 [:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe[:STATe]? Example SWE:EGAT ON SWE:EGAT? Dependencies When in the ACP measurement: • When Meas Method is RBW or FAST, this function is unavailable and the key is grayed out. •...
  • Page 565 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Dependencies In the Swept SA measurement: In Gate View, the regular Acq Time key is grayed out . When pressed, the grayed out key puts up the informational message "Use Gate View Sweep Time in the Gate menu." In the other measurements: When you turn Gate View on, the lower window takes on the current state of the instrument.
  • Page 566 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control A sample of the Gate View screen in other measurements is shown in the following graphic . This example is for the ACP measurement: WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 567 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Turning Gate View off returns the analyzer to the Normal measurement view. In the Swept SA, the normal measurement view is the single-window Swept SA view. When returning to this view, the Swept SA measurement returns to the Span it was in before entering Gate View (even if that is Zero Span).
  • Page 568 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control GateLength. Preset 519.3 µs WiMAX OFDMA: 5 ms GSM/EDGE: 1 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 100 ns 6000 s Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate View Start Time Controls the time at the left edge of the Gate View. Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate, Gate View Setup Remote Command...
  • Page 569 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control WLAN: 500 us WLAN: 36 us State Saved Saved in instrument state 0.0 us 100 s Backwards [:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:GATE:DELay  ESA compatibility Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate Length Controls the length of time that the gate is on after it opens. Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate Remote Command...
  • Page 570 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Any changes to the settings in the setup menus under each Gate Source selection key (for example: Trigger Level, Trigger Delay, etc.) also affect the corresponding settings under the Trigger menu keys. The SCPI commands used for these are the same for Trigger and Gate, since there is only one setting which affects both Gate and Trigger.
  • Page 571 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Backwards Compatibility In the past, the Average detector was not available when Video triggering was on, and consequently, Notes functions that set the detector to average (such as Marker Noise or Band/Intvl Power) were not available when the video trigger was on.
  • Page 572 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, Video Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe? Example TRIG:VID:SLOP NEG Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 573 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state Status Bits/OPC dependencies The Status Operation Register bit 5 "Waiting for Trigger" is set at the same time as the Sweeping or Measuring bit is set. It is cleared when the trigger actually occurs (that is, after the trigger event occurs and all the applicable trigger criteria have been met).
  • Page 574 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Example TRIG:EXT1:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext1 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 575 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger Example TRIG:SOUR EXT2                 Swept SA measurement TRIG:<meas>:SOUR EXT2   Measurements other than Swept  SA Dependencies In some models, there is no second External input.  In these models, the External 2 key is blanked and the EXTernal2 parameter will generate a “Hardware missing;...
  • Page 576 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, External 2 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT2:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext2 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the...
  • Page 577 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control RF Burst Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects the RF Burst as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when an RF burst envelope signal is identified from the signal at the RF Input connector. Pressing this key, when it is already selected, accesses the RF Burst trigger setup menu.
  • Page 578 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control the displayed signal level.  This is only true for Amplitude Corrections, not External Gain or Ref Level Offset functions. If mode is Bluetooth, the default value is –50 dBm. Couplings This same level is used for the RF Burst trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the RF Burst selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the RF Burst selection in the Gate Source menu Preset...
  • Page 579 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control 2. Now, in the next cycle of the measurement, the measurement determines a new absolute RF Burst level based on the peak value from the first measurement and the Relative RF Burst Trigger Level (always 0 or negative dB) set by the user. ...
  • Page 580 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Example TRIG:RFB:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the RF Burst selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 581 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control available that is synchronized with the period, and that the signal-to-noise ratio of the signal is not high enough to provide a clean RF burst trigger at all of the analysis frequencies. For example, we might want to measure spurious transmissions at an offset from the carrier that is larger than the bandwidth of the RF burst trigger.
  • Page 582 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:PERiod? Example TRIG:FRAM:PER 100 ms Dependencies The invalid data indicator turns on when the period is changed, until the next sweep/measurement completes. Couplings The same period is used in the Gate Source selection of the period timer. Preset 20 ms GSM: 4.615383...
  • Page 583 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control An increase in the "offset" parameter, either from the knob or the SCPI adjust command, serves to delay the timing of the trigger event. Notes When the SCPI command is sent the value shown on the key (and the Active Function, if this happens to be the active function) is updated with the new value.
  • Page 584 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state –10.000 s 10.000 s Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Reset Offset Display Resets the value of the periodic trigger offset display setting to 0.0 seconds. The current displayed trigger location may include an offset value defined with the Offset key.
  • Page 585 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC EXTernal Compatibility SCPI For backward compatibility, the parameter EXTernal is mapped to EXTernal1 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00, A.14.00 Turns off the sync source for your periodic trigger. With the sync source off, the timing will drift unless the signal source frequency is locked to the analyzer frequency reference.
  • Page 586 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger, External 1 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel <level> :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel? Example TRIG:EXT1:LEV 0.4 V Couplings This same level is used for the Ext1 trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the Ext1 selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the Ext1 selection in the Gate Source menu.
  • Page 587 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control External 2 Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects an external input signal as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when the external trigger condition is met using the external 2 input connector.
  • Page 588 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control 3.5V Default Unit Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:EXTernal2:LEVel Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge.
  • Page 589 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control occurs and all the applicable trigger criteria have been met). A corresponding pop-up message ("Waiting for trigger") is generated if no trigger signal appears after approximately 2 sec. This message goes away when a trigger signal appears. Backwards Compatibility The legacy command: Notes...
  • Page 590 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE ABSolute|RELative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE? Example TRIG:RFB:LEV:TYPE REL sets the trigger level type of the RF burst trigger to Relative.  Preset ABSolute State Saved Saved in instrument state Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00...
  • Page 591 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC:HOLDoff:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC:HOLDoff:STATe? Preset On, 1.000 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 ms +500 ms Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Auto/Holdoff Opens up a menu that lets you adjust Auto Trigger and Trigger Holdoff parameters Key Path Trigger Readback line...
  • Page 592 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Preset Off, 100 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 1 ms 100 s Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trig Holdoff Sets the holdoff time between triggers. When the trigger condition is satisfied, the trigger occurs, the delay begins, and the holdoff time begins.
  • Page 593 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Gate Level (Remote Command Only) Sets the gate input transition point level for the external TRIGGER inputs on the front and rear panel. This is a legacy command for PSA compatibility. It is simply an alias to the equivalent trigger level command. Remote Command [:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal[1]|2:LEVel <voltage>...
  • Page 594 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control of points is displayed parenthetically, next to the sweep time in the lower-right corner of the display. Changing the number of points has several effects on the analyzer. Since markers are read at the point location, the marker reading may change.
  • Page 595 8  Channel Power Measurement System System "System" on page 250 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 596 8  Channel Power Measurement Trace/Detector Trace/Detector Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to control the detectors for the current measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trace Type Allows you to select the type of trace you want to use for the current measurement. The first page of this menu contains a 1–of–N selection of the trace type (Clear Write, Average, Max Hold, Min Hold) for the selected trace.
  • Page 597 8  Channel Power Measurement Trace/Detector • Normal–the detector determines the peak of the CW-like signals, and it yields alternating maximums and minimums of noise-like signals. This is also referred to as Rosenfell detection. • Average–the detector determines the average of the signal within the sweep points. The averaging method depends upon the Average Type selection (voltage, power or log scales).
  • Page 598 8  Channel Power Measurement Trace/Detector Remote Command [:SENSe]:CHPower:DETector[:FUNCtion] NORMal | AVERage | POSitive | SAMPle | NEGative [:SENSe]:CHPower:DETector[:FUNCtion]? Example CHP:DET NORM CHP:DET? Notes When you manually select a detector (instead of selecting Auto), that detector is used regardless of other analyzer settings. The Normal detector determines the peak of CW-like signals, and it yields alternating maximums and minimums of noise-like signals.
  • Page 599 8  Channel Power Measurement Trigger Trigger "Trigger" on page 310 Free Run "Free Run " on page 317 Video "Video (IF Envelope) " on page 1152 Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1153 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1154 Trig Delay "Trig Delay "...
  • Page 600 8  Channel Power Measurement Trigger Trig Delay "Trig Delay " on page 326 Zero Span Delay Comp "Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off" on page 1158 RF Burst "RF Burst " on page 1170 Absolute Trigger "Absolute Trigger Level" on page 1171 Relative Trigger "Relative Trigger Level"...
  • Page 601 8  Channel Power Measurement Trigger Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1167 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1168 External 2 "External 2 " on page 1169 Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1169 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1170 RF Burst "RF Burst "...
  • Page 602 8  Channel Power Measurement User Preset User Preset Accesses a menu that gives you the following three choices: • User Preset – recalls a state previously saved using the Save User Preset function. • User Preset All Modes – presets all of the modes in the analyzer •...
  • Page 603 8  Channel Power Measurement User Preset • Clears the input and output buffers. • Sets the Status Byte to 0. Key Path User Preset Remote Command :SYSTem:PRESet:USER Example :SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE:SYST:PRES:USER Notes :SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE is used to save the current state as the user preset state. Clears all pending OPC bits.
  • Page 604 8  Channel Power Measurement User Preset Recalling a User Preset file has the same issues that recalling a Save State file has. Some settings may need to be limited and therefore re-coupled, since the capabilities of the mode may have changes when the User Preset file was last saved.
  • Page 605 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display View/Display Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to control the instrument display as well as turn the bar graph On and Off. The results of the measurement can be displayed as a single spectrum trace view or displayed with a Bar Graph trace on the spectrum trace.
  • Page 606 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display If the current mode is WLAN and the format is WLAN 802.11ac 80+80 MHz, the spectrum view is changed a little so that the results of both carrier segments can be displayed. Spectrum View with Bar Graph off for WLAN 802.11ac (80 + 80 MHz): Spectrum View with Bar Graph on for WLAN 802.11ac (80 + 80 MHz): WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 607 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Power Results: The spectrum trace and power bars are displayed in the upper window. Total carrier power, total PSD and total format carrier power are displayed in the lower window. Total format carrier power is total power of carriers of the same Radio Format.
  • Page 608 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Annotation Turns on and off various parts of the display annotation. The annotation is divided up into four categories: 1. Meas Bar: This is the measurement bar at the top of the screen. It does not include the settings panel or the Active Function. ...
  • Page 609 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Key Path View/Display, Display Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Meas Bar On/Off This function turns the Measurement Bar on and off, including the settings panel. When off, the graticule area expands to fill the area formerly occupied by the Measurement Bar. Key Path View/Display, Display, Annotation Remote Command...
  • Page 610 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Note that all of the softkeys that have active functions have these numeric values blanked when this function is on. This is a security feature.. Key Path View/Display, Display, Annotation Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]? Example DISP:ACT OFF Dependencies...
  • Page 611 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Change Title Writes a title into the "measurement name" field in the banner, for example, "Swept SA". Press Change Title to enter a new title through the alpha editor. Press Enter or Return to complete the entry.
  • Page 612 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Notes Uses the :DISPlay:<measurement>:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA <string> command with an empty string (in the Swept SA, the <measurement> is omitted). Preset Performed on Preset. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Graticule Pressing Graticule turns the display graticule On or Off. It also turns the graticule y-axis annotation on and off.
  • Page 613 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:ANNotation[:ALL]? Example :DISP:WIND:ANN OFF Preset On (Set by Restore Misc Defaults) State Saved Not saved in instrument state. Backwards Compatibility The WINDow parameter and optional subopcode is included for backwards compatibility but ignored Notes – all windows are equally affected. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Themes...
  • Page 614 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display 3D Monochrome Selects a format that is like 3D color but shades of gray are used instead of colors. Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM TDM Readback 3D Mono Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Flat Color Selects a format that is best when the screen is to be printed on an ink printer.
  • Page 615 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range On|Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 616 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 617 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 9 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement The Occupied Bandwidth measurement computes and displays the bandwidth occupied by a given percentage of the total mean power of a signal. For measurement results and views, see View/Display.
  • Page 618 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Remote Commands for Occupied Bandwidth The following commands and queries can be used to retrieve the measurement results: :CONFigure:OBWidth :CONFigure:OBWidth:NDEFault :INITiate:OBWidth :FETCh:OBWidth[n]? :MEASure:OBWidth[n]? :READ:OBWidth[n]? :FETCh:OBWidth:OBWidth? :MEASure:OBWidth:OBWidth? :READ:OBWidth:OBWidth? :FETCh:OBWidth:FERRor? :MEASure:OBWidth:FERRor? :READ:OBWidth:FERRor? :FETCh:OBWidth:XDB? :MEASure:OBWidth:XDB? :READ:OBWidth:XDB? See also the section, Remote Measurement Functions@29978. WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 619 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Remote Command  Results for Occupied Bandwidth Measurement The following table describes the results returned by the FETCh:OBWidth[n]?, MEASure:OBWidth[n]?, and READ:OBWidth[n]? queries listed above, according to the index value n. Results Returned n=1 (or not Returns 7 scalar results, in the following order: specified) 1.
  • Page 620 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude/Y Scale) AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude/Y Scale) Activates the Reference Value function and displays the Amplitude menu keys. These functions control how data on the vertical (Y) axis is displayed and control instrument settings that affect the vertical axis AMPTD Y Scale for more information.
  • Page 621 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude/Y Scale) Scope Meas Global Initial S/W Revision A.12.50 Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to-average ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a fair amount to avoid clipping.
  • Page 622 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude/Y Scale) measurement. Key Path AMPTD Y Scale, Attenuation Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation OFF | ON | ELECtrical | COMBined [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? Notes This parameter is shared with old XA platform which uses AutoAtten. To keep the backward compatibility, ELECtrical and COMBined still can be used.
  • Page 623 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude/Y Scale) setting Peak to Average ratio.  Positive values of offset optimize noise performance over distortion, negative values optimize distortion performance over noise. Key Path AMPTD Y Scale, Range Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet <real> [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet? Example POW:RANG:MIX:OFFS –5 dB...
  • Page 624 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude/Y Scale) Ref Position Positions the reference level at the top, center or bottom of the Y Scale display. Changing the reference position does not change the reference level value. Key Path AMPTD Y Scale Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, BLUETOOTH, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD...
  • Page 625 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude/Y Scale) Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 626 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Auto Couple Auto Couple The Auto Couple feature provides a quick and convenient way to automatically couple multiple instrument settings. This helps ensure accurate measurements and optimum dynamic range. When the Auto Couple feature is activated, either from the front panel or remotely, all parameters of the current measurement that have an Auto/Manual mode are set to Auto mode and all measurement settings dependent on (or coupled to) the Auto/Man parameters are automatically adjusted for optimal performance.
  • Page 627 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Auto Couple WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 628 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to specify and control the video and resolution bandwidths. You can also select the type of filter for the measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Res BW Sets the resolution bandwidth for the current measurement.
  • Page 629 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement CMMB: 3 kHz LTE: 30 kHz LTETDD: 30 kHz BLUETOOTH:10 kHz WLAN: 100kHz MSR: 30 kHz, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD: 30 kHz SA: ON WCDMA, C2K, TD-SCDMA, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO , ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD: OFF State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 630 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep Time is coupled to Video Bandwidth (VBW). As the VBW is changed, the sweep time (when set to Auto) is changed to maintain amplitude calibration. This occurs because of common hardware between the two circuits, even though the Video BW filter is not actually “in-circuit” when the detector is set to Average.
  • Page 631 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement OBW:BAND:SHAP? Preset GAUSsian State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Gaussian|Flattop Backwards [:SENSe]:OBWidth:BWIDth:SHAPe Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 632 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Continuous measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global so the setting will affect all measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Cont does a Resume. Key Path Front-panel key Remote Command :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF|ON|0|1...
  • Page 633 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) the INIT:CONT 0 command will place the analyzer in Single Sweep but will have no effect on the current sequence until k = N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to the idle state.
  • Page 634 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display Display Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set the display parameters. See Display@3440 for more information. Key Path View/Display Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Display The Display menu is common to most measurements, and is used for configuring items on the display.   Some Display menu settings apply to all the measurements in a mode, and some only to the current measurement. ...
  • Page 635 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display Key Path View/Display, Display Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Meas Bar On/Off This function turns the Measurement Bar on and off, including the settings panel. When off, the graticule area expands to fill the area formerly occupied by the Measurement Bar. Key Path View/Display, Display, Annotation Remote Command...
  • Page 636 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display State Saved Saved in instrument state. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Screen This controls the display of the annunciation and annotation around the graticule, including any annotation on lines (such as the display line, the threshold line, etc.) and the y-axis annotation. This does NOT include marker annotation (or the N dB result).
  • Page 637 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display Key Path View/Display, Display, Annotation Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]? Example DISP:ACT OFF Dependencies Grayed out and forced to OFF when System Display Settings, Annotation is set to Off. Preset This should remain Off through a Preset when System DisplaySettings, Annotation is set to Off State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 638 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display Press Change Title to enter a new title through the alpha editor. Press Enter or Return to complete the entry. Press ESC to cancel the entry and preserve your existing title. The display title will replace the measurement name. It remains for this measurement until you press Change Title again, or you recall a state, or a Preset is performed.
  • Page 639 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display Preset Performed on Preset. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Graticule Pressing Graticule turns the display graticule On or Off. It also turns the graticule y-axis annotation on and off. Key Path View/Display, Display Remote Command :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]? Example...
  • Page 640 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display Preset On (Set by Restore Misc Defaults) State Saved Not saved in instrument state. Backwards Compatibility The WINDow parameter and optional subopcode is included for backwards compatibility but ignored Notes – all windows are equally affected. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Themes...
  • Page 641 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM TDM Readback 3D Mono Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Flat Color Selects a format that is best when the screen is to be printed on an ink printer. Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example...
  • Page 642 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Display x dB BW Boundaries Turns the x dB BW Boundaries On and Off. Key Path View/Display Remote Command :DISPlay:OBWidth:VIEW:WINDow[1]:XDB 0|1|OFF|ON :DISPlay:OBWidth:VIEW:WINDow[1]:XDB? Example DISP:OBW:VIEW:WIND:XDB 1 DISP:OBW:VIEW:WIND:XDB? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.16.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 643 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement File File "File" on page 244 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 644 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ Channel Accesses a menu of  keys that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements – they do not change as you change measurements.  ...
  • Page 645 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ:CENT UP changes the center frequency to 150 MHz if you use FREQ:CENT:STEP 100 MHz to set the center frequency step size to 100 MHz FREQ:CENT? Notes This command sets either the RF or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input. For RF input it is equivalent to FREQ:RF:CENT For I/Q input it is equivalent to FREQ:IQ:CENT Preset and Max values are dependent on Hardware Options (5xx)
  • Page 646 FREQ Channel 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz 3.7 GHz (all but N9000A) 1.505 GHz 3.0 GHz 3.08 (N9000A) 1 GHz 3.8GHz 3.88 (M9420A) 1 GHz 6.0GHz 6.08 (M9420A) 3.505 GHz 7.0 GHz 7.1 GHz (all but N9000A) 3.755 GHz 7.5 GHz 7.58 (N9000A) 1.805 GHz...
  • Page 647 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement FREQ Channel Tracking Generator Frequency Limits (N9000A only): Tracking Min Freq (clips to If above this Freq, Max Freq Generator this freq when Stop Freq clipped (can't tune Option turn TG on and to this Freq when above) while TG can’t tune below TG turned on...
  • Page 648 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement FREQ Channel command is sent, this same message is generated as part of a “–221, Settings conflict” warning. If Source Mode is set to Tracking, and the Max or Min Center Freq is therefore limited by the limits of the source, a warning message is generated, “Data out of range;clipped to source max/min”...
  • Page 649 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement FREQ Channel If the current measurement has a limited Span available to it, and cannot achieve the Span shown in the table (Span=Stop Freq – Start Freq), the analyzer uses the maximum Span the measurement allows, and still sets the Center Freq to the midpoint of the Start and Stop Freq values in the Harmonic Table.
  • Page 650 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement FREQ Channel Note that the start and stop frequencies also step by the CF Step value.  Key Path FREQ Channel Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq> [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]? [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? Example FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON FREQ:CENT:STEP 500 MHz FREQ:CENT UP increases the current center frequency value by 500 MHz FREQ:CENT:STEP? FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes...
  • Page 651 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement FREQ Channel WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 652 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Input/Output Input/Output "Input/Output" on page 140 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 653 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Marker Marker Accesses a menu that enables you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Select Marker Displays the menu keys that enable you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement Key Path Marker...
  • Page 654 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Marker Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Normal | Delta | Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 Properties Accesses the marker properties menu. Key Path Marker Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Select Marker Displays the menu keys that enable you to select, set up and control the markers for the current...
  • Page 655 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Marker CALC:OBW:MARK:REF? Notes A marker cannot be relative to itself so that choice is grayed out, and if sent from SCPI generates error –221: “Settings conflict; marker cannot be relative to itself.” When queried a single value is returned (the specified marker numbers relative marker). You must be in the Spectrum Analysis mode, WCDMA mode, TD-SCDMA mode, 1xEVDO mode, WIMAX OFDMA mode ISDB-T mode, WLAN mode, CMMB mode, LTE mode, LTETDD mode or BLUETOOTH mode to use this command.
  • Page 656 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Marker the marker’s reference marker if the control mode is Delta. The query is returned in the fundamental units for the current marker X Axis scale: Hz for Frequency. Preset After a preset, all markers are turned OFF, so Marker X Axis Value query returns a not a number (NAN).
  • Page 657 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Marker Example CALC:OBW:MARK11:Y? Preset Result dependent on Markers setup and signal source. State Saved –9.9E+37 9.9E+37 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 Backward Compatibility SCPI Commands Sets or queries the state of a marker. Setting a marker which is OFF to state ON or 1 puts it in Normal mode and places it at the center of the screen.
  • Page 658 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Marker Function Marker Function There are no ‘Marker Functions’ supported in this measurement. When pressed, this key displays a blank menu. Key Path Front panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 659 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Marker To Marker To There is no ‘Marker To’ functionality supported in this measurement. When pressed, this key displays a blank menu. Key Path Front panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 660 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Meas The information in this section is common to all measurements. For key and remote command information for a specific measurement,  refer to the section that describes the measurement of interest. Measurements available under the Meas key are specific to the current Mode. When viewing Help for measurements, ...
  • Page 661 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Measurement Group of Commands Measure Commands: :MEASure:<measurement>[n]? This is a fast single-command way to make a measurement using the factory default instrument settings. These are the settings and units that conform to the Mode Setup settings (e.g. radio standard) that you have currently selected. •...
  • Page 662 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas the factory default instrument settings. It does not initiate the taking of measurement data unless INIT:CONTinuous is ON. If you change any measurement settings after using the CONFigure command, the READ command can be used to initiate a measurement without changing the settings back to their defaults.
  • Page 663 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas measurement and you send READ:ACP? it will initiate a new measurement using the same instrument settings. • Initiates the measurement and puts valid data into the output buffer. If a measurement other than the current one is specified, the instrument will switch to that measurement before it initiates the measurement and returns results.
  • Page 664 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Remote Command :CALCulate:DATA[n]? Notes The return trace depends on the measurement. In CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[n], n is any valid subopcode for the current measurement. It returns the same data as the FETCh:<measurement>? query where <measurement> is the current measurement.
  • Page 665 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas • CFIT or curve fit - applies curve fitting routines to the data. <soffset> and <length> are required to define the data that you want. <roffset> is an optional parameter for the desired order of the curve equation. The query will return the following values: the x-offset (in seconds) and the curve coefficients ((order + 1) values).
  • Page 666 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas • RMS - returns a single value that is the average power on a root-mean-squared voltage scale (arithmetic rms) of the data point values for the specified region(s) of trace data. See the following equation. For I/Q trace data, the rms of the magnitudes of the I/Q pairs is returned.
  • Page 667 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas where Xi is a data point value, X is the arithmetic mean of the data point values for the specified region (s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s). where |Xi| is the magnitude of an I/Q pair, X is the mean of the magnitudes for the specified region(s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s).
  • Page 668 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Sample Trace Data - Not Constant Envelope (See below for explanation of variables.) <soffset> - start offset is an optional real number. (It is in seconds for time-domain traces, and is a dimensionless index 0 to Npoints – 1, for frequency-domain traces). It specifies the amount of data at the beginning of the trace that will be ignored before the decimation process starts.
  • Page 669 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) Returns a list of all the peaks for the currently selected measurement and sub-opcode [n]. The peaks must meet the requirements of the peak threshold and excursion values. n = any valid sub-opcode for the current measurement.
  • Page 670 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas excursion value stored under the Peak Criteria menu. Values must be provided for threshold and excursion. The sorting and display line parameters are optional (defaults are AMPLitude and ALL). Note that there is always a Y-axis value for the display line, regardless of whether the display line state is on or off.
  • Page 671 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Fast Power acquisitions are configured using the DEFine command. This command accepts a comma- delimited string of configuration parameters and their appropriate values, which are all specified in the subsection below.
  • Page 672 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas DC Coupled Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DCCoupled=True" Notes The DC coupled parameter allows the user to specify whether the DC blocking capacitor is utilized. Set parameter to true when measuring frequencies below 10 MHz. Preset False Range True (DC Coupled) or False (AC Coupled) Default Unit Boolean...
  • Page 673 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Do Spur Suppression Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DoSpurSuppression=True" Notes When measuring very low level signals, or when large out-of-band inputs are input into the analyzer, sometimes unwanted spurs and residuals can appear in the measured spectrum.  Spur suppression is a method to help minimize the levels of these internally generated spurs and residuals.
  • Page 674 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision IF Gain Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "IFGain=10" Notes The IF gain parameter allows the user to specify the gain at the IF stage anywhere from –6 to 16 dB (1 dB steps).
  • Page 675 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Mechanical Attenuation Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "MechAttenuation=10" Notes The mechanical attenuation value parameter sets the amount of mechanical attenuation anywhere from 0 to 70 dB (2 dB steps). Preset 0 dB Range 0 – 70 dB (2 dB steps) Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00...
  • Page 676 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Preset 0 Hz Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Trigger Delay Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerDelay=0.025" Notes The trigger delay parameter sets the time after an external trigger is detected until the measurement is performed. Preset Range 0 –...
  • Page 677 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Trigger Source Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerSource=Ext1" Notes The trigger source parameter allows the user to choose between measurement’s  triggering freely or controlled by an external input. Ext1 and Ext2 correspond to Trigger 1 In and Trigger 2 In, respectively. Preset Free Range...
  • Page 678 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Default Unit Boolean Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Channel Bandwidth Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Bandwidth=[3.84e6, 5e6, 3.84e6]" Notes The bandwidth parameter array defines the bandwidth of each channel that will be measured. All array parameters should have the same number of elements. Alternatively, if all the elements are the same value, a single number with no square brackets can be used to define the parameter.
  • Page 679 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Channel Measurement Function Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Function=[BandPower, PeakPower, BandPower]" Notes This parameter array defines what measurement is being made for each individually-specified channel: BandPower: Total power within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) BandDensity: Total power density within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm/Hz) PeakPower: The peak power value within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) PeakFrequency: The frequency which corresponds to the peak power value within the specified bandwidth of...
  • Page 680 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas bandwidth percent parameter specifies the percent of total power in these channels. The valid range for this parameter is 0.0 to 1.0, where 1.0 represents 100%.  The default for this parameter is 0.99, which will return the bandwidth that contains 99% of the total channel power.
  • Page 681 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas This command query is used to retrieve a list of all defined parameters in an ASCII format. The following is an example of the returned results: "DCCoupled=False,ElecAttBypass=True,ElecAttenuation=0,IFGain=0,MechAttenuation=0,PreAmpMode=Off,PreSelectorOffset =0,UsePreSelector=False,ExternalReferenceFrequency=10000000,FrequencyReferenceSource=AutoExternalFrequencyRefer ence,IFType=B40M,LOMode=SLW,SignalInput=FpMainRf,AcquisitionTime=0.001,CenterFrequency=1000000000,Resolution BW=0,ResolutionBWMode=BestSpeed,DetectorType=RmsAverage,Bandwidth=[1000000],OffsetFrequency=[0],Function= [BandPower],FilterType=[IBW],FilterAlpha=[0.22],OccupiedBandwidthPercent=[0.99],XdBBandwidth=[– 3.01],DoNoiseCorrection=False,DoSpurSuppression=False,MeasurementMethod=HardwareFFT,IncludePowerSpectrum=Fals e,TriggerDelay=0,TriggerLevel=1.2,TriggerSlope=Positive,TriggerSource=Free,TriggerTimeout=1" A.14.00 Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The configure command begins hardware setup and returns immediately, with no acquisition made.
  • Page 682 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The INITiate command begins an acquisition and returns immediately. The results of the measurement can be retrieved using FETCh. Mode Remote Command :CALCulate:FPOWer:POWer[1,2,…,999]:INITiate Example :CALC:FPOW:POW1:INIT Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 683 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. See notes for Fast Power Fetch for return format. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) This command query is used as shorthand for an INIT command immediately followed by a FETC? command.
  • Page 684 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas 3. Declared function result for the 2nd specified channel [4 byte float] … (m + 1). Declared function result for the last (mth) specified channel [4 byte float] ADC Over Range 1. ADC over-range occurred (1: true, 0: false) [2 byte short] Spectrum Data 1.
  • Page 685 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Notes backwards compatibility for the Swept SA measurement. For all other commands/queries which honor FORMat:DATA, if INT,32 is sent the analyzer will behave as though it were set to REAL,32. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 The specs for each output type follow: ASCii - Amplitude values are in ASCII, in the current Y Axis Unit, one ASCII character per digit, values separated by commas, each value in the form:...
  • Page 686 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Setup Meas Setup Displays the setup menu for the current measurement. The measurement setup parameters include the number of measurement averages used to calculate the measurement result and the averaging mode. The setup menu also includes the option to reset the measurement settings to their factory defaults. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision...

  • Page 687: Occ Bw % Pwr

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Setup Backwards [:SENSe]:EBWidth:AVERage:COUNt Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 Avg Mode Enables you to set the averaging mode. • When set to Exponential (Exp) the measurement averaging continues using the specified number of averages to compute each averaged value.

  • Page 688: Power Ref

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Setup [:SENSe]:OBWidth:PERCent? Example OBW:PERC 75 OBW:PERC? Notes You must be in the Spectrum Analysis mode, W-CDMA mode, cdma2000 mode, TD-SCDMA mode,ISDB-T mode, CMMB mode, LTE mode, LTE TDD mode, BLUETOOTH mode, WLAN mode, 1xEVDO mode, MSR , LTE-Advanced FDD/TDDor WIMAX OFDMA mode to use this command. Use:INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.

  • Page 689: Limit (For All Modes Except Msr And  Lte-Advanced Fdd/Tdd)

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, BLUETOOTH, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:OBWidth:XDB <rel_ampl> [:SENSe]:OBWidth:XDB? Example OBW:XDB –20 OBW:XDB? Notes You must be in the Spectrum Analysis mode, W-CDMA mode, cdma2000 mode, TD-SCDMA mode,ISDB-T mode, CMMB mode, LTE mode, LTE TDD mode, BLUETOOTH mode, WLAN mode, 1xEVDO mode, MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD or WIMAX OFDMA mode to use this command.

  • Page 690: Meas Preset

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Setup Preset SA, WCDMA: 5 MHz C2K: 1.48 MHz WIMAX OFDMA: 10 MHz TD-SCDMA: 1.6 MHz 1xEVDO: 1.48 MHz ISDB-T: 5.7 MHz CMMB: 7.512 MHz LTE, LTETDD: 5 MHz BLUETOOTH: 1 MHz WLAN: If Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM): 20MHz If Radio Std is 802.11b: 25 MHz If Radio Std is 802.11n(20MHz): 20 MHz If Radio Std is 802.11n(40MHz): 40 MHz...

  • Page 691: Max Hold (Remote Command Only)

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Meas Setup Max Hold (Remote Command Only) When On, Max Hold displays and holds the maximum responses of the current measurement. Turn Max Hold to Off to disable the maximum hold feature. Key Path SCPI Only Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, BLUETOOTH, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD...

  • Page 692: Mode

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Mode Mode "Mode" on page 180 WLAN Mode Reference...

  • Page 693: Mode Preset

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Mode Preset Mode Preset Returns the active mode to a known state. Mode Preset does the following for the currently active mode: • Aborts the currently running measurement. • Brings up the default menu for the mode, with no active function. •...

  • Page 694: How-To Preset

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Mode Preset User Preset. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 How-To Preset The table below shows all possible presets, their corresponding SCPI commands and front-panel access (key paths). Instrument settings depend on the current measurement context. Some settings are local to the current measurement, some are global (common) across all the measurements in the current mode, and some are global to all the available modes.
  • Page 695 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Mode Preset Power On Mode Preset :SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE System Menu Power On User Preset :SYSTem:PON:TYPE USER System Menu Power On Last State :SYSTem:PON:TYPE LAST System Menu WLAN Mode Reference...

  • Page 696: Mode Setup

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Mode Setup Mode Setup "Mode Setup" on page 199 WLAN Mode Reference...

  • Page 697: Peak Search

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Peak Search Peak Search Places the selected marker on the trace point with the maximum y-axis value for that marker’s trace. Pressing Peak Search with the selected marker off causes the selected marker to be set to Normal, then a peak search is immediately performed.

  • Page 698: Print

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Print Print "Print " on page 249 WLAN Mode Reference...

  • Page 699: Quick Save

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Quick Save Quick Save The Quick Save front-panel key repeats the most recent save that was performed from the Save menu, with the following exceptions: • Register saves are not remembered as Saves for the purpose of the Quick Save function •...
  • Page 700 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Quick Save If you enter a file name for a given file type, then the prefix becomes the filename you entered instead of the default prefix, followed by an underscore. The last four letters (the suffix) are the 4-digit number. For example, if you save a measurement results file as “fred.csv”, then the next auto file name chosen for a measurement results save will be fred_0000.csv.

  • Page 701: Recall

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall Recall The Recall menu lets you choose what you want to recall, and where you want to recall it from. Among the types of files you can recall are States andTraces. In addition, an Import (Data) option lets you recall a number of data types stored in CSV files (as used by Excel and other spreadsheet programs).
  • Page 702 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall The content of a state file includes all of the settings and data required to return the analyzer as closely as possible to the Mode it was in, with the exact settings that were in place, when the save occurred. The Mode settings in each state file include the settings that are affected by Mode Preset, as well as the additional settings affected by Restore Mode Defaults;...

  • Page 703: More Information

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall • Executes a *CLS If the file specified is empty an error is generated. If the specified file does not exist, another error is generated. If there is a mismatch between the file and the proper file type, an error is generated. If there is a mismatch between file version or model number or instrument version or model number, a warning is displayed.
  • Page 704 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall Listed below are the functions of the various fields in the dialog, and the corresponding softkeys: Open Performs the recall of the specified file. While the recall is being performed, the floppy icon appears briefly in the Meas bar.

  • Page 705: Edit Register Names

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall Accesses a menu that enables you to sort the files within the File Open dialog. Only one sorting type can be selected at a time and the sorting happens immediately. The sorting types are By Date, By Name, By extension, and By Size.
  • Page 706 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall modified. In addition, you can use the Edit Register Names key under Save, State to enter custom names for each register. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, recalling the same register name on each instance is a way to share setups between the instances.

  • Page 707: Sequences

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall After the recall completes, the message "Register <register number> recalled" appears in the message bar.  If you are in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, and you are recalling a register that was saved in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, then after the recall, you will still be in the Recall Register menu. If the Recall causes you to switch modes, then after the Recall, you will be in the Frequency menu.

  • Page 708: Open

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall Example :MMEM:LOAD:SEQ:SLIS "MySequence.txt" Dependencies Only available in XOBT Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Open… When you press “Open”, the analyzer brings up a Windows dialog and a menu entitled “File Open.” This menu allows you to navigate to the various fields in the Windows dialog without using a keyboard or mouse.

  • Page 709: Masks

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall Readback The data type that is currently selected Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Masks This key enables you to recall a preset mask file from the list. It is only available in SEM measurement under the Data menu: Limit Mask.

  • Page 710: Capture Buffer

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Recall Capture Buffer Capture buffer functionality is only available when measurement is Mod Accuracy and radio standand is not 802.11ac 80+80MHz. The captured data is raw data which is not processed. Key Path Recall, Data Mode WLAN Example MMEM:LOAD:CAPT "MyCaptureData.bin"...

  • Page 711: Restart

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Restart Restart The Restart function restarts the current sweep, or measurement, or set of averaged/held sweeps or measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Restart does a Resume. The Restart function is accessed in several ways: • Pressing the Restart key •...
  • Page 712 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Restart Even when set for Single operation, multiple sweeps may be taken when Restart is pressed (for example, when averaging/holding is on). Thus when we say that Restart "restarts a measurement," we may mean: • It restarts the current sweep •...

  • Page 713: Save

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Save The Save menu lets you choose what you want to save and where you want to save it. Among the types of files you can save are States, Traces, and Screen Images. In addition, an Export (Data) option lets you save a number of data types as CSV files for easy import into Excel and other spreadsheet programs.

  • Page 714: To File

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save After saving to a register, that register’s menu key is updated with the date the time, unless a custom label has been entered for that key. After saving to a register, you remain in the Save State menu, so that you can see the Register key update.
  • Page 715 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save the file will be overwritten. Using the C: drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being overwritten during an instrument software upgrade. While the save is being performed, the floppy icon appears briefly in the Meas bar. File/Folder List Enables you to navigate to the center of the dialog that contains the list of files and folders.

  • Page 716: Edit Register Names

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save This key corresponds to the Cancel selection in the dialog. It causes the current Save As request to be cancelled.  The ESC key does the same thing. Key Path Save, State Mode Notes Brings up Save As dialog for saving a State Save Type Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Edit Register Names...

  • Page 717: Register 1 Thru Register 16

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save consequence of this is that the names will be persistent through a power cycle. Also, if a named state file is transferred to another analyzer, it will bring its custom name along with it.  If you try to edit the name of an empty register, the analyzer will first save the state to have a file to put the name in.

  • Page 718: Mass Storage Catalog  (Remote Command Only)

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save what date and time it was last modified. In addition, you can use the Edit Register Names key to enter custom names for each register. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, save with different register name if you do not want to overwrite the register of another running instance.

  • Page 719: Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only)

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only) Key path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:CDIRectory [<directory_name>] :MMEMory:CDIRectory? Notes The string must be a valid logical path. Changes the default directory for a mass memory file system. The <directory_name> parameter is a string.

  • Page 720: Mass Storage Delete   (Remote Command Only)

    9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Mass Storage Delete   (Remote Command Only) Key path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:DELete <file_name>[,<directory_name>] Notes The string must be a valid logical path. Removes a file from the specified directory. The <file_name> parameter specifies the file name to be removed.
  • Page 721 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Two forms of parameters are allowed. The first form has two parameters. In this form, the first parameter specifies the source, and the second parameter specifies the destination. The second form has four parameters. In this form, the first and third parameters specify the source. The second and fourth parameters specify the directories.
  • Page 722 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only) This command is used to set or query a removable media device’s label. Key Path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:RMEDia:LABel <partition>,<string> :MMEMory:RMEDia:LABel? <partition> Example MMEM:RMED:LAB “F:”,”My Device” Notes If the <partition>...
  • Page 723 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Sequences These keys allow you to save a Tab separated or CSV file of the setup parameters required to build a Sequence. In order to save you must select the Save As button and choose a destination folder. Key Path Save, Sequences Mode...
  • Page 724 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Notes Brings up Save As dialog for saving a Sequence Save Type Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Data (Export) Exporting a data file stores data from the current measurement to mass storage files. The Export Menu only contains data types that are supported by the current measurement.
  • Page 725 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Key Path Save, Data Mode WLAN Example MMEM:STOR:CAPT "MyCaptureData.bin" This stores the capture data in the file MyCaptureData.bin in the default directory. Dependencies Capture buffer data is only available when measurement is  Mod Accuracy and radio standand is not 802.11ac 80+80MHz.
  • Page 726 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Screen Image files contain an exact representation of the analyzer display. They cannot be loaded back onto the analyzer, but they can be loaded into your PC for use in many popular applications. The image to be saved is actually captured when the Save front panel key is pressed, and kept in temporary storage to be used if you ask for a Screen Image save. ...
  • Page 727 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Themes Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to choose the theme to be used when saving the screen image. The Themes option is the same as the Themes option under the Display and Page Setup dialogs. It allows you to choose between themes to be used when saving the screen image.
  • Page 728 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Save Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM FCOL Readback Flat Color Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Flat Monochrome Selects a format that is like Flat Color. But only black is used (no colors, not even gray), and no fill. Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example...
  • Page 729 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Single measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global, so the setting will affect all the measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Single does a Resume. "More Information"...
  • Page 730 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Source Opens a menu of keys that access various source configuration menus and settings. In the  test set, pressing this key also causes the central view area to change and display the Source Control Main view. Key Path Front-panel key RF Output...
  • Page 731 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source RF Power Allows you to adjust the power level of the source using the numeric keypad, step keys, or RPG. Pressing any digit, 0 through 9, on the numeric keypad brings up the unit terminator. Please refer to the "RF Power Range "...
  • Page 732 –150 dBm 0 dBm Note: This is the UI power range, it’s larger than actual spec. Note2: GPS port is on the multiport adapter, or E6607C which has embedded MPA. M9420A: RF Power Range Max Output Power Max Output Power...
  • Page 733 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Amplitude Dependencies This key is unavailable, and is grayed out when the "List Sequencer" on page 2208 is turned ON. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Power Ref This key allows you to toggle the state of the power reference. When you use a power reference, the signal generator outputs an RF power that is set relative to the reference power by the value entered under Source>Amplitude>RF Power as follows: Output power = reference power + entered power...
  • Page 734 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Displayed value = output power + offset value Where: output power equals the original RF Power entered under Source>Amplitude>RF Power offset value equals the value entered under Source>Amplitude>Amptd Offset When the amplitude offset is set to a value other than zero (0) and you enter a new RF power value under Source>Amplitude>RF Power, the displayed power will be the same as the value entered and the RF output power will be equal to the value entered minus the offset value as follows: Output power = entered power –...
  • Page 735 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source "Sequencer" on page 2208 is set to ON, the “MOD” annunciator will be replaced by “SEQ” in the system settings panel indicating that the output is controlled by list sequencer. Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Frequency...
  • Page 736 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source 2.4GHz–2.5GHz, 4.8GHz–6.0GHz. If the user-defined frequency is outside of range, UI will report an error message called “Settings conflict; Frequency is outside available range”. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Channel The frequency of the source can be specified by a channel number of a given frequency band. This key allows you to specify the current channel number.
  • Page 737 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) DCS 1800 Uplink (MS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 885 1710.200 + 0.20*(n–512) Downlink (BS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 885 1805.200 + 0.20*(n–512) PCS 1900 Uplink (MS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 810 1850.200 + 0.2*(n–512) Downlink (BS) 512 ≤...
  • Page 738 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) Uplink 782 ≤ n ≤ 862 n÷5 + 670.1 n÷5 4132 ≤ n ≤ 4233 1037 ≤ n ≤ 1062 Band VI Downlink n÷5 + 670.1 4387 ≤ n ≤ 4413 n÷5 Uplink n÷5 + 670.1...
  • Page 739 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source CDMA 2000 / 1xEVDO Channel Number Ranges Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) US Cellular Uplink (MS, 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.030×N+ 825.000 reverse link) 0.030× (N–1023) + 825.000 991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 1024 ≤...
  • Page 740 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) forward link) Secondary 800 Uplink (MS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 719 0.025×N+ 806.000 MHz Band reverse link) 720 ≤ N ≤ 919 0.025×(N–720) + 896.000 Downlink (BS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 719 0.025×N+ 851.000 forward link) 720 ≤...
  • Page 741 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) 800 PAMR Uplink (MS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 239 870.0125 + 0.025×N reverse link) Downlink (BS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 239 915.0125 + 0.025×N forward link) LTE FDD Channel Number Ranges The carrier frequency in the uplink and downlink is designated by the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) in the range 0 –...
  • Page 742 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Band Downlink Uplink 5010 5010 – 5179 23010 23010 – 23179 5180 5180 – 5279 23180 23180 – 23279 5280 5280 – 5379 23280 23280 – 23379 … 5730 5730 – 5849 23730 23730 – 23849 5850 5850 –...
  • Page 743 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Band Downlink Uplink FDL_low NOffs-DL Range of FUL_low (MHz) NOffs-UL Range of (MHz) 1900 36000 36000 –36199 1900 36000 36000 – 36199 2010 36200 36200 –36349 2010 36200 36200 – 36349 1850 36350 36350 –36949 1850 36350 36350 –...
  • Page 744 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source where F is the carrier frequency in MHz Additional channels applicable to operation in the frequency band defined in sub-clause 5.2(d) are defined via the following UARFCN definition: Nt = 5 * (F – 2150.1 MHz)2572.5 MHz ≤ F≤ 2617.5 MHz UARFCN 1.28 Mcps TDD Option The following UARFCN range shall be supported for each band:...
  • Page 745 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source channel band allow you to use  channel numbers to set  frequency automatically. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup Remote Command :SOURce:FREQuency:CHANnels:BAND NONE | PGSM | EGSM | RGSM | DCS1800 | PCS1900 | TGSM810 | GSM450 | GSM480 | GSM700 | GSM850 | BANDI | BANDII | BANDIII | BANDIV | BANDV | BANDVI | BANDVII | BANDVIII | BANDIX | BANDX | BANDXI | BANDXII | BANDXIII | BANDXIV | BANDXIX | USCELL | USPCS | JAPAN | KOREAN | NMT | IMT2K | UPPER | SECOND | PAMR400 |...
  • Page 746 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source E-GSM Selects E-GSM as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND EGSM Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 R-GSM Selects R-GSM as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND RGSM Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 747 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source GSM 480 Selects GSM 480 as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND GSM480 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 GSM 850 Selects GSM 850 as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example...
  • Page 748 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band II Selects Band II as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 749 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDVI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band VII Selects Band VII as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDVII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 750 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDXI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band XII Selects Band XII as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDXII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 751 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND1 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 2 Selects BAND 2 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND2 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 3 Selects BAND 3 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 752 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND6 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 7 Selects BAND 7 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND7 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 8 Selects BAND 8 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 753 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND11 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 12 Selects BAND 12 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND12 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 13 Selects BAND 13 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 754 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND18 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 19 Selects BAND 19 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND19 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 20 Selects BAND 20 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 755 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND25 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 26 Selects BAND 26 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND26 Initial S/W Revision A.12.53 BAND 27 Selects BAND 27 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 756 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 33 Selects BAND 33 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND33 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 34 Selects BAND 34 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 757 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 38 Selects BAND 38 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND38 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 39 Selects BAND 39 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 758 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 43 Selects BAND 43 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND43 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 44 Selects BAND 44 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 759 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDC Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND D Selects BAND D as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDD Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 760 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:RAD:BAND:LINK UP Preset DOWN Range DOWN | UP Backwards :SOURce:RADio:DEVice BTS|MS Compatibility SCPI :SOURce:RADio:DEVice? Backwards Compatibility BTS maps to the Downlink frequency Notes MS maps to the Uplink frequency Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Set Reference Frequency This key allows you to set the frequency reference.
  • Page 761 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Freq Reference This key allows you to toggle the state of the frequency reference. When the frequency reference state is ON, an annunciator is displayed on the main source view to indicate this state to the user. When you use a frequency reference, the signal generator outputs a frequency that is set relative to the reference frequency by the value entered under Source>Frequency>Frequency as follows: Output frequency = reference frequency + entered frequency...
  • Page 762 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Displayed value = output frequency + offset value Where: output frequency equals the original frequency entered under Source>Frequency>Frequency offset value equals the value entered under Source>Frequency>Freq Offset When the frequency offset is set to a value other than zero (0) and you enter a new frequency value under Source>Frequency>Frequency, the displayed frequency will be the same as the value entered and the RF output frequency will be equal to the value entered minus the offset value as follows: Output frequency = entered frequency –...
  • Page 763 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Allows you to toggle the state of the ARB function. When the ARB is On, a “MOD” annunciator is displayed in the system settings panel. When the ARB is turned Off, the MOD annunciator is cleared Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB Remote Command...
  • Page 764 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:WAVeform <string> :SOURce:RADio:ARB:WAVeform? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:WAV “test_waveform.bin” Notes If intended waveform is not in the memory yet, then issuing this command by SCPI will invoke ARB loading operation first, which involves a delay of unpredictable length.
  • Page 765 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source name on the HDD. “NVWFM” (none-volatile storage) MSUS (Mass Storage Unit Specifier) is supported in the memory subsystem because the ARB memory cannot be accessed directly. Therefore, files must be downloaded to the instrument hard disk and then loaded into the ARB memory. “NVWFM” MSUS will be mapped to the default directory D: VARB.
  • Page 766 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source same name, you must rename one of the segments before loading it into ARB memory. To rename a segment, you can either use Windows File Explorer, or the :MEMory:COPY command. NOTE: When a waveform file is loaded to ARB memory, burst timing adjustments are made automatically, based on whether or not a Multiport Adapter is connected to the test set and powered on.
  • Page 767 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DEF:DIR? State Saved Persistent, survives a power cycle and a preset but not saved in the instrument state Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Segments in ARB Memory Allows you access to the sub-menus for managing the files within ARB memory. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 768 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:DELete:ALL Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DELete:ALL Notes When in Sequence Analyzer mode and Include Source is Yes, an attempt to delete all files from ARB memory is rejected with an error. When Include Source is No and you attempt to delete all files from ARB memory when the ARB is currently playing a file, all files except the one playing are deleted and an error is generated. ...
  • Page 769 Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RSC 100.00 Notes This setting cannot be set in E6640A/M9420A. Grey out on menu and the value is fixed at 70.00%. Dependencies When a new waveform is selected for playback the settings contained within the associated waveform header file are applied to the ARB. The run-time scaling is one of the values stored within the header file.
  • Page 770 Current RMS Allows you to directly specify current RMS value used to playback currently selected waveform. Please note incorrect RMS value may cause inaccurate power output in E6640A/M9420A that is sensitive to RMS value. This setting is also updated by RMS in waveform header or updated when invoking RMS calculation operation.
  • Page 771 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Preset AUTO Range AUTO | M1 | M2 | M3 | M4 Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Auto RMS will be calculated based on the whole sample range of current selected waveform. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, ARB Setup, Edit RMS, Calculate RMS, RMS Calculation Mode Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RMS:CALC:MODE AUTO Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 772 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Marker 4 Selects marker 4 to designate sample range used for RMS calculation. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, ARB Setup, Edit RMS, Calculate RMS, RMS Calculation Mode , Marker Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RMS:CALC:MODE M4 Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Calculate RMS Allows you to calculate current RMS based on mode selected.
  • Page 773 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Trigger Type Allows access to the trigger type sub-menus. The setting for trigger type determines the behavior of the waveform when it plays. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE CONTinuous | SINGle | SADVance :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:TYPE CONT...
  • Page 774 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Trigger + Run Sets Trigger and Run as the trigger response for the continuous trigger type. Trigger and Run sets the waveform generator to play a waveform sequence or segment continuously when the first trigger is received, and to ignore any subsequent triggers.
  • Page 775 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source received during playback are ignored. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Trigger Type, Single Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RETR OFF Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Buffered Trigger Selects Buffered Trigger as the trigger response for single trigger type. Buffered Trigger sets the waveform generator to play a waveform sequence or segment once when a trigger is received.
  • Page 776 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE:SADVance[:TYPE]? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:TYPE:SADV SING Preset CONTinuous Range Single | Continuous Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Single Selects Single as the trigger response for Segment Advance trigger type. With single selected, once a trigger is received a segment is played once. If a trigger is received during playback of a segment, the segment plays to completion and the next segment is played once.
  • Page 777 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIGger KEY Dependencies This key is grayed out if the current trigger type is Continuous, Free Run. Preset EXTernal2 Range Trigger Key | Bus | External 2 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Trigger Key Sets the current trigger source to the front panel Trigger key.
  • Page 778 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source active only if you select external trigger as trigger source. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Trigger Source Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay <time> :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay? SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay:STATe OFF | ON | 0 | 1 :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay:STATe? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL 100ns :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL? :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL:STAT ON :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL:STAT?
  • Page 779 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Build New Sequence Allows access to the sub-menus for creating a new waveform sequence. Pressing this key changes the central view area to display the Waveform Sequence Creation and Editing view. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Sequences Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only.
  • Page 780 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Segments on Hard Disk Allows you access to the sub-menus for loading waveform segments from the hard disk into ARB memory. The default directory is: D: varb. Pressing this key changes the current view to the Waveform Management View. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 781 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source If the ARB is ON when you load afile to ARB memory or delete a file from ARB memory, the playing waveform segment may not keep phase continuity during the ARB memory operation. The waveform will be replayed after the ARB operation is finished.
  • Page 782 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Default Directory... Allows you to change the default directory. It is used as a search location for waveform segments that are required to be loaded into ARB memory for playback of a waveform sequence, and as a search location for selecting waveforms using SCPI.
  • Page 783 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source sequencer, an error is generated. When sequencer state is On, even if ARB state is On, the selected waveform will not be played. In this case, if the selected waveform is not used in List Sequence, it can be deleted and the ARB state is turned Off.
  • Page 784 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only. Preset 65535 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 1 Allows you to enable or disable marker 1 for the currently selected waveform. For a waveform sequence, you can enable and disable markers on a per-segment basis, allowing you to output markers from some waveform segments within the sequence, but not for others.
  • Page 785 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Notes No remote command, front panel only. Preset Enabled Range Enabled|Disabled Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 4 Allows you to enable or disable marker 4 for the currently selected waveform. For a waveform sequence, you can enable and disable markers on a per-segment basis, allowing you to output markers from some waveform segments within the sequence, but not for others.
  • Page 786 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Sequences Notes No remote command, front panel only. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Current Directory... Allows you to change the currently selected directory on the hard disk. Pressing this key opens a standard windows change directory dialog and allows you to select the new directory of interest.
  • Page 787 The second SCPI :SYSTem:LICense[:FPACk]:WAVeform:ADD is provided to be consistent with the style of Keysight  signal sources. You can use either one of them. Since adding a waveform segment to a Multi-Pack license causes the license slot to enter the trial period of only 48 hours, pressing this key causes a confirmation dialog to be displayed to ensure you do want to add the waveform segment to the Multi-Pack.
  • Page 788 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source default directory D: VARB. The SCPI command supports using either “NVWFM” MSUS or specifying a full path. For more information, see Memory Subsystem (Remote Command Only). If a file of the same name already exists within ARB memory, it is overwritten. If you wish to load two segments of the same name, you must rename one of the segments before loading it into ARB memory.
  • Page 789 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source connection/power status of the Multiport Adapter is changed after a waveform file has been loaded, it needs to be loaded again. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:LOAD:ALL <string>...
  • Page 790 The second SCPI :SYSTem:LICense[:FPACk]:WAVeform:REPLace is provided to be consistent with the style of Keysight  signal sources. You can use either one of them. If you attempt to license a waveform that is already licensed using another slot an error is generated. ...
  • Page 791 The second SCPI :SYSTem:LICense[:FPACk]:WAVeform:LOCK is provided to be consistent with the style of Keysight  signal sources. You can use either one of them. Waveform slot number <int> is positive. If you attmpt to input a slot number less than or equals 0, an error is generated.
  • Page 792 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Mkr 1 Polarity Allows you to set the polarity of marker 1. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Polarity Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:MPOLarity:MARKer1 POSitive|NEGative :SOURce:RADio:ARB:MPOLarity:MARKer1? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MPOL:MARK1 NEG Dependencies When a new waveform is selected for playback the settings contained within the associated waveform header file are applied to the ARB.
  • Page 793 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source waveform header file are applied to the ARB. The marker polarity is one of the values stored within the header file. If the newly selected waveform file has an associated header file, the marker polarity is updated with the value from the header file.
  • Page 794 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Marker points should be set before using this function. Enabling this function without setting maker points may create a continuous low or high signal, dependant on the marker polarity. This causes either no RF output, or a continuous RF output. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing Remote Command...
  • Page 795 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Marker 3 Sets marker 3 to be used for the pulse/RF blanking function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, Pulse/RF Blank Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MDES:PULS M3 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 4 Sets marker 4 to be used for the pulse/RF blanking function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, Pulse/RF Blank Example...
  • Page 796 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Marker 1 Sets marker 1 to be used for the ALC hold function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, ALC Hold Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MDES:PULS M1 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 2 Sets marker 2 to be used for the ALC hold function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, ALC Hold Example...
  • Page 797 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Clear Header Allows you to clear the header information from the file header associated with the currently selected waveform. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Header Utilities Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:HEADer:CLEar Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:HEAD:CLE Notes Attempting to clear the header details via SCPI when no waveform was selected for playback will generate an error. ...
  • Page 798 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 AM Depth Allows you to set the amplitude modulation depth in percent. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, AM Remote Command :SOURce:AM[:DEPTh][:LINear] :SOURce:AM[:DEPTh][:LINear]? Example :SOUR:AM 0.1 Preset 0.1 % 0.1 % 95.0 %...
  • Page 799 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Enables or disables the frequency modulation. Turning FM on when another modulation format is already on results in the previous modulation format being turned off and the generation of an error. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, FM Remote Command :SOURce:FM:STATe :SOURce:FM:STATe?
  • Page 800 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Allows access to the menu for configuring the phase modulation. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Enables or disables the phase modulation. Turning PM on when another modulation format is already on results in the previous modulation format being turned off and the generation of an error.
  • Page 801 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:PM:INT:FREQ 40.0 Hz Preset 400.0 Hz 10 Hz 40 kHz Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 List Sequencer Allows you access to the sub-menus for configuring the list sequencer. List sequences allows you to enter frequencies and amplitudes at unequal intervals in nonlinear ascending, descending or random order.
  • Page 802 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Initiate Sequence Pressing this key arms the sequence for single execution. Once the sequence is armed the source begins the sequence as soon as the trigger is received. If the trigger is set to Free Run, the sequence starts immediately.
  • Page 803 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source within the steps set to their default values. Decreasing the number of steps removes steps from the end of the list. The settings within the removed steps are not reset. This means that increasing the number of steps again would allow you to retrieve these steps.
  • Page 804 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Notes No remote command, Front Panel key only. If the list already contains the minimum limit of 1 step, no operation will be made after pressing this Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Clear List...
  • Page 805 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Step Trigger Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:INP:TRIG INT Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Manual (Trigger Key) Sets the trigger input for the current step to Manual (Trigger Key). Any step in the sequence set to Manual will cause the sequence execution to stop until the manual trigger key is pressed.
  • Page 806 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Transition Time Allows you to specify the transition time for the current step. The transition time is the amount of time allowed for the source to settle at the current frequency or amplitude value. Transition Time should not be taken as additional time before or inside the Step Duration. You can set a value for the settling time to allow the source output frequency or amplitude to become stable.
  • Page 807 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Radio Standard Allows access to the sub-menus for selecting the radio standard and the associated radio band for use in the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:RADio:BAND NONE | PGSM | EGSM | RGSM | DCS1800 | PCS1900 | TGSM810 | GSM450 | GSM480 | GSM700 | GSM850...
  • Page 808 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source P-GSM Selects P-GSM as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 E-GSM Selects E-GSM as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 809 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source GSM 480 Selects GSM 480 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 GSM 850 Selects GSM 850 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 810 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band II Selects Band II as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band III...
  • Page 811 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band VIII Selects Band VIII as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band IX...
  • Page 812 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band XIV Selects Band XIV as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Pressing this key once selects LTE FDD as the radio standard and the current LTE FDD band as the active...
  • Page 813 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 4 Selects BAND 4 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 5 Selects BAND 5 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 814 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 10 Selects BAND 10 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 11 Selects BAND 11 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 815 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 18 Selects BAND 18 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 19 Selects BAND 19 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 816 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 26 Selects BAND 26 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.12.53 BAND 27 Selects BAND 27 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 817 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 34 Selects BAND 34 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND34 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 35 Selects BAND 35 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 818 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 39 Selects BAND 39 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND39 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 40 Selects BAND 40 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 819 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source BAND 44 Selects BAND 44 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 TDSCDMA Sets TDSCDMA as the radio standard for use and accesses the TDSCDMA specific channel band sub- menus..
  • Page 820 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDD Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND E Selects BAND E as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 821 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Channel Allows you to specify the frequency of the current step via a channel number. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:CNFRequency <double> :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:CNFRequency? Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:CNFR 124 :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:CNFR? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40. This SCPI is used to setup channel number or frequency setting, according to current Radio Band setting.
  • Page 822 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Option 503 = 3.6 GHz Option 504 = 3.9 GHz Option 506 = 6.00 GHz Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Power Allows you to specify a power value for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:AMPLitude <double>...
  • Page 823 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:WAVeform <string> :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:WAVeform? Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “CW” :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Remote Command Notes String type, takes “Off” | “CW” | “Cont” | “waveform name” Preset Range Waveform | Continue Previous | CW | Off...
  • Page 824 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “Cont” Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Disable RF outpu of the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Waveform Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “Off” Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Segments on Hard Disk...
  • Page 825 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:LOAD <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD “D: VARB\testwaveform.bin” :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD “NVWFM:testwaveform.bin” Notes Because loading the file involves a delay of unpredictable length, this command should be followed by the query *OPC?, which holds off subsequent commands until the loading operating is complete.
  • Page 826 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source When Include Source is No and there is insufficient free ARB memory to load all the waveforms, when the ARB memory is full, the copy ceases, and an error is generated. If you specify a directory over SCPI, but the directory does not exist, an error is generated.  If the ARB is ON, a user then loads or deletes file to ARB memory, the playing waveform segment may not keep phase continuity during the ARB memory operation.
  • Page 827 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Delete Segment From ARB Mem Allows you to remove a segment from ARB playback memory. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments in ARB Memory Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:DELete <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DEL “testwaveform.bin” Notes <string>...
  • Page 828 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Step Duration Allows access to the sub-menus for setting up the duration of play for the current step. The duration can be set to be either the number of times for the ARB file associated with the sequence to play, or a specific time value, or continuous.
  • Page 829 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TCO 1s :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TCO? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 This SCPI is reused by “Play Count” ,“Duration Time” and “Continuous Abort” according to current Duration Type setting is “Play Count” or “Duraton Time” or “Continuous Abort”. If current “Duration Type”...
  • Page 830 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Step Duration Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TYPE CONT Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Output Trigger Allows you to specify the trigger output for the current step. The trigger output signal is sent at the start of the step.
  • Page 831 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Repetition Example :SOUR:LIST:REP:TYPE SINGle Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Continuous Sets the repetition type as continuous for the whole source sequence. Source list will play continuously after initiation. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Repetition Example :SOUR:LIST:REP:TYPE CONTinuous Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 832 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source DataMarker Sets the output trigger type as DataMarker for the whole source sequence. When DataMarker is selected, which marker to route is also needed to be set. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Trigger Type Example :SOUR:LIST:TRIG:TYP DAT Notes SCPI is supported after A.14.00...
  • Page 833 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Source Marker 4 Sets the output trigger maker routing to Marker 4 for DataMarker  in  the whole source sequence. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Trigger Type, DataMarker Example :SOUR:LIST:TRIG:TYPE:MARK M4 Notes SCPI is supported after A.14.00 Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Manual Trigger Now...
  • Page 834 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Span X Scale Span X Scale Activates the Span function and displays the menu of span functions. The parameter values are measurement independent. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Span Set the frequency of the occupied bandwidth span for the current measurement. Key Path Span X Scale Mode...
  • Page 835 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Span X Scale If Radio Std is 802.11n(40MHz), 802.11ac (40MHz): 50 MHz If Radio Std is 802.11ac(80MHz): 100MHz If Radio Std is 802.11ac(160MHz): 200MHz MSR: 20MHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 100 Hz Hardware Maximum Span Backwards [:SENSe]:EBWidth:FREQuency:SPAN Compatibility SCPI...
  • Page 836 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Span X Scale Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, BLUETOOTH, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:OBWidth:FREQuency:SPAN:PREVious Example OBW:FREQ:SPAN:PREV Notes You must be in the Spectrum Analysis mode, W-CDMA mode, ISDB-T mode, CMMB mode, LTE mode, LTE TDD mode, ...
  • Page 837 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Sweep/Control Displays a menu of functions that enable you to set up and control the sweep time and source for the current measurement. For  details about this key, see "Sweep/Control" on page 2244. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 838 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control 1 ms 4000 s Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 Sweep Setup Accesses the sweep setup settings for the current measurement. Key Path Sweep/Control Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Auto Sweep Time Rules Switches the analyzer between normal and accuracy sweep states.
  • Page 839 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Pause Pauses the measurement after the current data acquisition is complete. When Paused, the label on the key changes to Resume. Pressing Resume resumes the measurement at the point where it had been paused. "Pause/Resume" on page 2244 for more information.
  • Page 840 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Example SWE:EGAT ON SWE:EGAT? Dependencies When in the ACP measurement: • When Meas Method is RBW or FAST, this function is unavailable and the key is grayed out. • Whenever Gate is on, Meas Method, RBW or FAST is unavailable and keys for those are grayed out.
  • Page 841 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Couplings These couplings apply to the Swept SA measurement: • When Gate View is turned on, the instrument is set to Zero Span. • Gate View automatically turns off whenever a Span other than Zero is selected. •...
  • Page 842 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Turning Gate View off returns the analyzer to the Normal measurement view. In the Swept SA, the normal measurement view is the single-window Swept SA view. When returning to this view, the Swept SA measurement returns to the Span it was in before entering Gate View (even if that is Zero Span).
  • Page 843 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Gate View Setup Accesses a menu that enables you to setup parameters relevant to the Gate View Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate Scope Meas Global Initial S/W Revision A.10.00 Gate View Acquisition Time Controls the acquisition time in the Gate View window. To provide an optimal view of the gate signal, the analyzer initializes Gate View Acq Time based on the current settings of Gate Delay and Gate Length.
  • Page 844 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Preset 0 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 500 ms Initial S/W Revision A.10.00 Gate Delay Controls the length of time from the time the gate condition goes True until the gate is turned on. Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate Remote Command...
  • Page 845 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Notes Units of time are required or no units; otherwise an invalid suffix error message will be generated. Preset 461.6 us WiMAX OFDMA: 50 us GSM/EDGE: 200 us WLAN: 1.54 ms WLAN: 32 us State Saved Saved in instrument state 100 ns Backwards...
  • Page 846 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Video (IF Envelope) Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects the video signal as the trigger. The Video trigger condition is met when the video signal (the filtered and detected version of the input signal, including both RBW and VBW filtering) crosses the video trigger level.
  • Page 847 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control you have dropped the trigger line that far below the displayed signal level, rather than simply dropping it down to the displayed signal level.  Note that other corrections, specifically External Gain and Ref Level Offset, modify the actual trace data as it is taken and therefore ARE taken into account by Trig Level.
  • Page 848 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe? Example TRIG:SLOP NEG Preset POSitive State Saved Saved in instrument state Backwards Compatibility In ESA/PSA, the Trigger Slope was global to all triggers.  In the X-Series, the slope can be set Notes individually for each Trigger Source.  For backward compatibility, the global SLOPe command updates all instances of trigger slope (VID, LINE, EXT1, EXT2, TV, RFB).
  • Page 849 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control selection in the Gate Source menu. Preset 1.2 V State Saved Saved in instrument state –3.5V 3.5V Default Unit Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal:LEVel Compatibility SCPI For backward compatibility, the parameter EXTernal is mapped to EXTernal1 Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:EXTernal1:LEVel Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 850 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control events line up exactly with the zero time point in zero span.  You can use the Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off feature to enable or disable zero span delay compensation. Key Path Trigger, External 1 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay:COMPensation OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay:COMPensation?
  • Page 851 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Trigger Level Sets the value where the external 2 trigger input will trigger a new sweep/measurement. Key Path Trigger, External 2 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:LEVel :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:LEVel? Example TRIG:EXT2:LEV 1.1 V Couplings This same level is used for the Ext2 trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the Ext2 selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the Ext2 selection in the Gate Source menu.
  • Page 852 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off In zero span, there is a natural delay in the signal path, which comes from the RBW filter.  This is usually desirable, as it allows you to trigger on events and also see those events, because the signal is delayed from the trigger event.  ...
  • Page 853 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00 Absolute Trigger Level Sets the absolute trigger level for the RF burst envelope. When using the External Mixing path, the Absolute Trigger Level is uncalibrated because the factory default was set to accommodate the expected IF levels for the RF path.
  • Page 854 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Example TRIG:RFB:LEV:TYPE REL sets the trigger level type of the RF burst trigger to Relative.  Preset ABSolute State Saved Saved in instrument state Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00 Relative Trigger Level Sets the relative trigger level for the RF burst envelope.
  • Page 855 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control GSM:  –25 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state –45 dB 0 dB Default Unit dB or dBc Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel Compatibility SCPI This legacy command is aliased to :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:RELative because the PSA had ONLY relative burst triggering Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision...
  • Page 856 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state Readback [Sync: <value of Sync Source>], for example, [Sync: External 1] Status Bits/OPC dependencies The Status Operation Register bit 5 "Waiting for Trigger" is set at the same time as the Sweeping or Measuring bit is set.
  • Page 857 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Period Sets the period of the internal periodic timer clock. For digital communications signals, this is usually set to the frame period of your current input signal. In the case that sync source is not set to OFF, and the external sync source rate is changed for some reason, the periodic timer is synchronized at the every external synchronization pulse by resetting the internal state of the timer circuit.
  • Page 858 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control that internal offset is unknown, we will just call that the accumulated offset. Whenever the Offset parameter is changed, you are changing that accumulated offset. You can reset the displayed offset using Reset Offset Display. Changing the display does not change the value of the accumulated offset, and you can still make additional changes to accumulated offset.
  • Page 859 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:ADJust <time> Example TRIG:FRAM:ADJ 1.2 ms Notes Note also that Offset is used only when the sync source is set to OFF, otherwise delay is used, see section "Trig Delay" on page 341 An increase in the "offset"...
  • Page 860 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control For convenience you may adjust the level and slope of the selected sync source in a conditional branch setup menu accessed from the Sync Source menu. Note that these settings match those in the Trigger and Gate Source menus;...
  • Page 861 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control TRIG:<meas>:SOUR EXT1   Measurements other than Swept  SA Dependencies Grayed out if in use by Point Trigger in the Source Setup menu.  Forced to Free Run if already selected and Point Trigger is set to External 1. State Saved Saved in instrument state Status Bits/OPC...
  • Page 862 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger, External 1 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT1:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext1 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 863 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Trigger Level Sets the value where the external 2 trigger input will trigger a new sweep/measurement. Key Path Trigger, External 2 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:LEVel :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:LEVel? Example TRIG:EXT2:LEV 1.1 V Couplings This same level is used for the Ext2 trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the Ext2 selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the Ext2 selection in the Gate Source menu.
  • Page 864 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control RF Burst Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects the RF Burst as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when an RF burst envelope signal is identified from the signal at the RF Input connector. Pressing this key, when it is already selected, accesses the RF Burst trigger setup menu.
  • Page 865 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control the displayed signal level.  This is only true for Amplitude Corrections, not External Gain or Ref Level Offset functions. If mode is Bluetooth, the default value is –50 dBm. Couplings This same level is used for the RF Burst trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the RF Burst selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the RF Burst selection in the Gate Source menu Preset...
  • Page 866 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:RFBurst:SLOPe Compatibility SCPI Backwards Compatibility The legacy :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe command affects the slopes for the VID, LINE, EXT1, EXT2, Notes and RFB triggers. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Sync Holdoff Sync Holdoff specifies the duration that the sync source signal must be kept false before the transition to true to be recognized as the sync timing.
  • Page 867 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control Auto Trig Sets the time that the analyzer will wait for the trigger conditions to be met. If they are not met after that much time, then the analyzer is triggered anyway. Key Path Trigger, Auto/Holdoff Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:ATRigger <time>...
  • Page 868 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control 0.5 s Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate Preset (Remote Command Only) Presets the time-gated spectrum analysis capability. This command sets gate parameter values to the ESA preset values, as follows: Gate delay = 1 us Gate length = 1 us Remote Command [:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:GATE:PRESet ...
  • Page 869 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state Backwards [:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:GATE:POLarity  ESA compatibility Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Remote Command [:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:GATE:LEVel HIGH|LOW [:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:GATE:LEVel? ESA compatibility Preset HIGH Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Points Sets the number of points per sweep. The resolution of setting the sweep time depends on the number of points selected.
  • Page 870 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state. 20001 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 871 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement System System "System" on page 250 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 872 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Trace/Detector Trace/Detector Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to control the detectors for the current measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trace Type Allows you to select the type of trace you want to you use for the current measurement. The first page of this menu contains a 1–of–N selection of the trace type (Clear Write, Average, Max Hold, Min Hold) for the selected trace.
  • Page 873 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Trace/Detector • Normal–the detector determines the peak of the CW-like signals, and it yields alternating maximums and minimums of noise-like signals. This is also referred to as Rosenfell detection. • Average–the detector determines the average of the signal within the sweep points. The averaging method depends upon the Average Type selection (voltage, power or log scales).
  • Page 874 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Trace/Detector Remote Command [:SENSe]:OBWidth:DETector[:FUNCtion] NORMal | AVERage | POSitive | SAMPle | NEGative [:SENSe]:OBWidth:DETector[:FUNCtion]? Example OBW:DET NORM OBW:DET? Notes When you manually select a detector (instead of selecting Auto), that detector is used regardless of other analyzer settings. The detector choices are: The Normal detector determines the peak of CW-like signals, and it yields alternating maximums and minimums of noise-like signals.
  • Page 875 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Trigger Trigger "Trigger" on page 310 Free Run "Free Run " on page 317 Video "Video (IF Envelope) " on page 1152 Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1153 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1154 Trig Delay "Trig Delay "...
  • Page 876 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Trigger Trig Delay "Trig Delay " on page 326 Zero Span Delay Comp "Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off" on page 1158 RF Burst "RF Burst " on page 1170 Absolute Trigger "Absolute Trigger Level" on page 1171 Relative Trigger "Relative Trigger Level"...
  • Page 877 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Trigger Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1167 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1168 External 2 "External 2 " on page 1169 Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1169 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1170 RF Burst "RF Burst "...
  • Page 878 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement User Preset User Preset Accesses a menu that gives you the following three choices: • User Preset – recalls a state previously saved using the Save User Preset function. • User Preset All Modes – presets all of the modes in the analyzer •...
  • Page 879 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement User Preset • Clears the input and output buffers. • Sets the Status Byte to 0. Key Path User Preset Remote Command :SYSTem:PRESet:USER Example :SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE:SYST:PRES:USER Notes :SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE is used to save the current state as the user preset state. Clears all pending OPC bits.
  • Page 880 9  Occupied Bandwidth Measurement User Preset Recalling a User Preset file has the same issues that recalling a Save State file has. Some settings may need to be limited and therefore re-coupled, since the capabilities of the mode may have changes when the User Preset file was last saved.
  • Page 881 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver WLAN Mode Reference 10 Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement The spectrum emission mask measures spurious signal levels in up to six pairs of offset frequencies and relates them to the carrier power. For measurement results and views, see "View/Display"...
  • Page 882 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Measurement Commands for Spectrum Emission Mask Offsets that are turned off (inactive) return –999.0 when their results are queried via SCPI. :CONFigure:SEMask :CONFigure:SEMask:NDEFault :INITiate:SEMask :FETCh:SEMask[n]? :MEASure:SEMask[n]? :READ:SEMask[n]? For more measurement related commands, see the SENSe subsystem, and the section Remote Measurement Functions@29978.
  • Page 883 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Remote Command Results for Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement The following table describes the results returned by the FETCh, MEASure, and READ queries listed above, according to the index value n: Modes Return Value All except MSR, WLAN, LTEAFDD, Meas Type: Total Power Reference LTEATDD...
  • Page 884 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 77. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset D (dB) 78. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset D (dB) 79. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset E (dB) 80.
  • Page 885 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 75. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset C (dB) 76. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset C (dB) 77. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset D (dB) 78.
  • Page 886 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 73. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset B (dB) 74. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset B (dB) 75. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset C (dB) 76.
  • Page 887 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 18. Relative peak power on the positive offset A (dBc) 19. Absolute peak power on the positive offset A (dBm) 20. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the positive offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 21.
  • Page 888 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 8. Reserved for the future use, returns –999.0 9. Reserved for the future use, returns –999.0 10. Reserved for the future use, returns –999.0 11. Relative integrated power on the negative offset A (dBc) 12.
  • Page 889 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 3. Peak power at the right reference carrier if Power Ref type is “Left & Right Carriers.” Peak power at the reference carrier of the right sub-block if Power Ref type is “Max Power Carrier in Sub-block.”...
  • Page 890 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 81. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset F (dB) 82. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset F (dB) WLAN, Meas Type: Total Power Reference with radio standard Returns 82 comma-separated scalar results, in the following order: 802.11 ac (80 MHz + 80 MHz)
  • Page 891 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 79. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset E (dB) 80. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset E (dB) 81. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset F (dB) 82.
  • Page 892 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 77. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset D (dB) 78. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset D (dB) 79. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset E (dB) 80.
  • Page 893 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 3. Absolute integrated power at negative offset frequency (A) 4. Absolute integrated power at positive offset frequency (A) 25. Absolute integrated power at negative offset frequency (L) 26. Absolute integrated power at positive offset frequency (L) If the result is not available, –999.0 is returned.
  • Page 894 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 26. Absolute integrated power at positive offset frequency (L) If the result is not available, –999.0 is returned. The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases. All (see details) Meas Type: Spectrum Peak Reference Returns comma-separated scalar values (in dBm) of the absolute peak power of the segment frequencies.
  • Page 895 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 4. Relative integrated power at positive offset frequency (A) 25. Relative integrated power at negative offset frequency (L) 26. Relative integrated power at positive offset frequency (L) If the result is not available, –999.0 is returned. The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases.
  • Page 896 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value Returns comma-separated pass/fail test results (0=passed, or 1=failed) determined by testing the minimum margin point from the limit line that is determined each offset's Limits setting. The length of the result depends on the number of available offset (See "Number of Offsets"...
  • Page 897 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 4. Positive offset frequency (A) 25. Negative offset frequency (L) 26. Positive offset frequency (L) If the result is not available, –999.0 is returned. The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases. Offset Abs Peak Power.
  • Page 898 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value Contiguous Meas Region is set to Outer, and returns inner offset results when it is set to Inner, in the following order. MSR, LTEAFDD, Meas Type: Total Power Reference LTEATDD only Returns outer offset results when Non-Contiguous Meas Region is set to Outer, and returns inner offset results when it is set to Inner, in the following order.
  • Page 899 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value type is “Max Power Carrier in Sub-block.” Otherwise NaN (9.91E+37) is returned. (Hz) If the result is not available, NaN (9.91E+37) is returned. The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases. MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD only Meas Type: Power Spectrum Peak Reference...
  • Page 900 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 10. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the positive offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 11. Relative integrated power on the negative offset B (dBc) 119.
  • Page 901 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value When in the MSR and LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode, returns outer offset results when Non- Contiguous Meas Region is set to Outer, and returns inner offset results when it is set to Inner, in the following order.
  • Page 902 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value LTEATDD only Returns number of carriers comma-separated scalar results, in the following order: 1. Absolute power of carrier 1 (dBm) 2. Absolute power of carrier 2 (dBm) number of carriers–1. Absolute power of carrier (number of carriers)–1 (dBm) number of carriers.
  • Page 903 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Number of Offsets The number of available offsets varies depending on the mode and option as below. The number of available offsets Mode MSR, LTEAFDD, 12 (Offset A to L) LTEATDD WLAN 12 (Offset A to L) Other modes with option 12 (Offset A to L) N9060A–7FP...
  • Page 904 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale AMPTD Y Scale Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set the vertical scale parameters. The parameter values are measurement independent except all Attenuation values and Internal Preamp selections that are measurement global.
  • Page 905 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to-average ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a fair amount to avoid clipping.
  • Page 906 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? Notes This parameter is shared with old XA platform which uses AutoAtten. To keep the backward compatibility, ELECtrical and COMBined still can be used. Then, upon receiving ELECtrical and COMBined, these enums will be interpreted as aliases of ON. Then, when queried, ON will be returned.
  • Page 907 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet? Example POW:RANG:MIX:OFFS –5 dB Preset 0 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state –35 dB 30 dB Initial S/W Revision A.13.00 Scale/Div Sets the units-per-division of the vertical scale in the logarithmic display. When Auto Scaling is On, the scale per division value is automatically determined by the measurement result.
  • Page 908 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Remote Command :DISPlay:SEMask:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP | CENTer | BOTTom :DISPlay:SEMask:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition? Example DISP:SEM:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS BOTT DISP:SEM:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS? Notes You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 909 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Auto Couple Auto Couple The Auto Couple feature provides a quick and convenient way to automatically couple multiple instrument settings. This helps ensure accurate measurements and optimum dynamic range. When the Auto Couple feature is activated, either from the front panel or remotely, all parameters of the current measurement that have an Auto/Manual mode are set to Auto mode and all measurement settings dependent on (or coupled to) the Auto/Man parameters are automatically adjusted for optimal performance.
  • Page 910 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Auto Couple WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 911 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to select the type of filter for the measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 Filter Type Selects the type of bandwidth filter that is used in Carrier and Offsets. When Gaussian or Flattop is selected, selected filter is applied to carriers and all offsets.
  • Page 912 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Continuous measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global so the setting will affect all measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Cont does a Resume. Key Path Front-panel key Remote Command...
  • Page 913 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) the INIT:CONT 0 command will place the analyzer in Single Sweep but will have no effect on the current sequence until k = N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to the idle state.
  • Page 914 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement File File "File" on page 244 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 915 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ Channel Accesses a menu of  keys that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements – they do not change as you change measurements.  ...
  • Page 916 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ:CENT UP changes the center frequency to 150 MHz if you use FREQ:CENT:STEP 100 MHz to set the center frequency step size to 100 MHz FREQ:CENT? Notes This command sets either the RF or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input. For RF input it is equivalent to FREQ:RF:CENT For I/Q input it is equivalent to FREQ:IQ:CENT Preset and Max values are dependent on Hardware Options (5xx)
  • Page 917 FREQ Channel 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz 3.7 GHz (all but N9000A) 1.505 GHz 3.0 GHz 3.08 (N9000A) 1 GHz 3.8GHz 3.88 (M9420A) 1 GHz 6.0GHz 6.08 (M9420A) 3.505 GHz 7.0 GHz 7.1 GHz (all but N9000A) 3.755 GHz 7.5 GHz 7.58 (N9000A) 1.805 GHz...
  • Page 918 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel Tracking Generator Frequency Limits (N9000A only): Tracking Min Freq (clips to If above this Freq, Max Freq Generator this freq when Stop Freq clipped (can't tune Option turn TG on and to this Freq when above) while TG can’t tune below TG turned on...
  • Page 919 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel command is sent, this same message is generated as part of a “–221, Settings conflict” warning. If Source Mode is set to Tracking, and the Max or Min Center Freq is therefore limited by the limits of the source, a warning message is generated, “Data out of range;clipped to source max/min”...
  • Page 920 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel If the current measurement has a limited Span available to it, and cannot achieve the Span shown in the table (Span=Stop Freq – Start Freq), the analyzer uses the maximum Span the measurement allows, and still sets the Center Freq to the midpoint of the Start and Stop Freq values in the Harmonic Table.
  • Page 921 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel Note that the start and stop frequencies also step by the CF Step value.  Key Path FREQ Channel Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq> [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]? [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? Example FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON FREQ:CENT:STEP 500 MHz FREQ:CENT UP increases the current center frequency value by 500 MHz FREQ:CENT:STEP? FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes...
  • Page 922 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 923 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Input/Output Input/Output "Input/Output" on page 140 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 924 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker Marker Accesses a menu that enables you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement. If there are no active markers, Marker selects marker 1, sets it to Normal and places it at the center of the display.
  • Page 925 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker Couple Markers When this function is true, moving any marker causes an equal X Axis movement of every other marker that is not Off. By “equal X Axis movement” we mean that we preserve the difference between each marker’s X Axis value (in the fundamental x-axis units of the trace that marker is on) and the X Axis value of the marker being moved (in the same fundamental x-axis units).
  • Page 926 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker :CALCulate:SEMask:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:X? Example CALC:SEM:MARK3:X 1.0 GHz CALC:SEM:MARK3:X? Notes If no suffix is sent it will use the fundamental units for the current marker X Axis Scale. If a suffix is sent that does not match the current marker X Axis Scale unit, an error “Invalid suffix” will be generated.
  • Page 927 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker –9.9E+37 9.9E+37 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Marker Y Axis Value (Remote Command Only) Returns the marker Y Axis value in the current marker Y Axis unit. Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DTMB (CTTB), DVB-T/H, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD...
  • Page 928 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker Function Marker Function There are no ‘Marker Functions’ supported in Spectrum Emission Mask so this front-panel key displays a blank menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 929 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker To Marker To There is no ‘Marker To’ functionality supported in Spectrum Emission Mask so this front-panel key displays a blank menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Mode Reference...
  • Page 930 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Meas The information in this section is common to all measurements. For key and remote command information for a specific measurement,  refer to the section that describes the measurement of interest. Measurements available under the Meas key are specific to the current Mode. When viewing Help for measurements, ...
  • Page 931 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Measurement Group of Commands Measure Commands: :MEASure:<measurement>[n]? This is a fast single-command way to make a measurement using the factory default instrument settings. These are the settings and units that conform to the Mode Setup settings (e.g. radio standard) that you have currently selected. •...
  • Page 932 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas the factory default instrument settings. It does not initiate the taking of measurement data unless INIT:CONTinuous is ON. If you change any measurement settings after using the CONFigure command, the READ command can be used to initiate a measurement without changing the settings back to their defaults.
  • Page 933 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas measurement and you send READ:ACP? it will initiate a new measurement using the same instrument settings. • Initiates the measurement and puts valid data into the output buffer. If a measurement other than the current one is specified, the instrument will switch to that measurement before it initiates the measurement and returns results.
  • Page 934 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Remote Command :CALCulate:DATA[n]? Notes The return trace depends on the measurement. In CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[n], n is any valid subopcode for the current measurement. It returns the same data as the FETCh:<measurement>? query where <measurement> is the current measurement.
  • Page 935 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas • CFIT or curve fit - applies curve fitting routines to the data. <soffset> and <length> are required to define the data that you want. <roffset> is an optional parameter for the desired order of the curve equation. The query will return the following values: the x-offset (in seconds) and the curve coefficients ((order + 1) values).
  • Page 936 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas • RMS - returns a single value that is the average power on a root-mean-squared voltage scale (arithmetic rms) of the data point values for the specified region(s) of trace data. See the following equation.
  • Page 937 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas where Xi is a data point value, X is the arithmetic mean of the data point values for the specified region (s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s). where |Xi| is the magnitude of an I/Q pair, X is the mean of the magnitudes for the specified region(s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s).
  • Page 938 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Sample Trace Data - Not Constant Envelope (See below for explanation of variables.) <soffset> - start offset is an optional real number. (It is in seconds for time-domain traces, and is a dimensionless index 0 to Npoints – 1, for frequency-domain traces). It specifies the amount of data at the beginning of the trace that will be ignored before the decimation process starts.
  • Page 939 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) Returns a list of all the peaks for the currently selected measurement and sub-opcode [n]. The peaks must meet the requirements of the peak threshold and excursion values. n = any valid sub-opcode for the current measurement.
  • Page 940 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas excursion value stored under the Peak Criteria menu. Values must be provided for threshold and excursion. The sorting and display line parameters are optional (defaults are AMPLitude and ALL). Note that there is always a Y-axis value for the display line, regardless of whether the display line state is on or off.
  • Page 941 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Fast Power acquisitions are configured using the DEFine command. This command accepts a comma- delimited string of configuration parameters and their appropriate values, which are all specified in the subsection below.
  • Page 942 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas DC Coupled Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DCCoupled=True" Notes The DC coupled parameter allows the user to specify whether the DC blocking capacitor is utilized. Set parameter to true when measuring frequencies below 10 MHz. Preset False Range True (DC Coupled) or False (AC Coupled) Default Unit...
  • Page 943 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Do Spur Suppression Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DoSpurSuppression=True" Notes When measuring very low level signals, or when large out-of-band inputs are input into the analyzer, sometimes unwanted spurs and residuals can appear in the measured spectrum.  Spur suppression is a method to help minimize the levels of these internally generated spurs and residuals.
  • Page 944 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision IF Gain Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "IFGain=10" Notes The IF gain parameter allows the user to specify the gain at the IF stage anywhere from –6 to 16 dB (1 dB steps).
  • Page 945 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Mechanical Attenuation Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "MechAttenuation=10" Notes The mechanical attenuation value parameter sets the amount of mechanical attenuation anywhere from 0 to 70 dB (2 dB steps). Preset 0 dB Range 0 – 70 dB (2 dB steps) Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00...
  • Page 946 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Preset 0 Hz Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Trigger Delay Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerDelay=0.025" Notes The trigger delay parameter sets the time after an external trigger is detected until the measurement is performed. Preset Range 0 –...
  • Page 947 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Trigger Source Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerSource=Ext1" Notes The trigger source parameter allows the user to choose between measurement’s  triggering freely or controlled by an external input. Ext1 and Ext2 correspond to Trigger 1 In and Trigger 2 In, respectively. Preset Free Range...
  • Page 948 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Default Unit Boolean Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Channel Bandwidth Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Bandwidth=[3.84e6, 5e6, 3.84e6]" Notes The bandwidth parameter array defines the bandwidth of each channel that will be measured. All array parameters should have the same number of elements. Alternatively, if all the elements are the same value, a single number with no square brackets can be used to define the parameter.
  • Page 949 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Channel Measurement Function Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Function=[BandPower, PeakPower, BandPower]" Notes This parameter array defines what measurement is being made for each individually-specified channel: BandPower: Total power within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) BandDensity: Total power density within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm/Hz) PeakPower: The peak power value within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) PeakFrequency: The frequency which corresponds to the peak power value within the specified bandwidth of...
  • Page 950 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas bandwidth percent parameter specifies the percent of total power in these channels. The valid range for this parameter is 0.0 to 1.0, where 1.0 represents 100%.  The default for this parameter is 0.99, which will return the bandwidth that contains 99% of the total channel power.
  • Page 951 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas This command query is used to retrieve a list of all defined parameters in an ASCII format. The following is an example of the returned results: "DCCoupled=False,ElecAttBypass=True,ElecAttenuation=0,IFGain=0,MechAttenuation=0,PreAmpMode=Off,PreSelectorOffset =0,UsePreSelector=False,ExternalReferenceFrequency=10000000,FrequencyReferenceSource=AutoExternalFrequencyRefer ence,IFType=B40M,LOMode=SLW,SignalInput=FpMainRf,AcquisitionTime=0.001,CenterFrequency=1000000000,Resolution BW=0,ResolutionBWMode=BestSpeed,DetectorType=RmsAverage,Bandwidth=[1000000],OffsetFrequency=[0],Function= [BandPower],FilterType=[IBW],FilterAlpha=[0.22],OccupiedBandwidthPercent=[0.99],XdBBandwidth=[– 3.01],DoNoiseCorrection=False,DoSpurSuppression=False,MeasurementMethod=HardwareFFT,IncludePowerSpectrum=Fals e,TriggerDelay=0,TriggerLevel=1.2,TriggerSlope=Positive,TriggerSource=Free,TriggerTimeout=1" A.14.00 Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The configure command begins hardware setup and returns immediately, with no acquisition made.
  • Page 952 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The INITiate command begins an acquisition and returns immediately. The results of the measurement can be retrieved using FETCh. Mode Remote Command :CALCulate:FPOWer:POWer[1,2,…,999]:INITiate Example :CALC:FPOW:POW1:INIT Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 953 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. See notes for Fast Power Fetch for return format. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) This command query is used as shorthand for an INIT command immediately followed by a FETC? command.
  • Page 954 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas 3. Declared function result for the 2nd specified channel [4 byte float] … (m + 1). Declared function result for the last (mth) specified channel [4 byte float] ADC Over Range 1. ADC over-range occurred (1: true, 0: false) [2 byte short] Spectrum Data 1.
  • Page 955 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Notes backwards compatibility for the Swept SA measurement. For all other commands/queries which honor FORMat:DATA, if INT,32 is sent the analyzer will behave as though it were set to REAL,32. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 The specs for each output type follow: ASCii - Amplitude values are in ASCII, in the current Y Axis Unit, one ASCII character per digit, values separated by commas, each value in the form:...
  • Page 956 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Meas Setup Displays the setup menu for the currently selected measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Avg/Hold Num Toggles averaging On or Off in addition to enabling you to set the number of measurement averages used to calculate the measurement result.
  • Page 957 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup • Total Pwr Ref – Sets the reference to the total carrier power and the measured data is shown in dBc and dBm. • PSD Ref – Sets the reference to the mean power spectral density of the carrier and the measured data is shown in dB and dBm/Hz.
  • Page 958 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Example SEM:BAND:INT 10 MHz SEM:BAND:INT? Notes 10% . 100% of Channel Span Parameter Value Bandwidth sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.
  • Page 959 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DTMB (CTTB), DVB-T/H, ISDB-T, LTE, LTETDD, CMMB, Digital Cable TV, WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:FREQuency[1]|2:SPAN <freq> [:SENSe]:SEMask:FREQuency[1]|2:SPAN? Example SEM:FREQ:SPAN 3MHz SEM:FREQ:SPAN? Notes Frequency sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command.
  • Page 960 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Sweep Time Sets the sweep time used to calculate the power in the reference channel. Sweep Time can be set manually or put in auto mode.  Key Path Meas Setup, Ref Channel Mode...
  • Page 961 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup, Ref Channel Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Total Power Sets the power in the carrier (ref channel) that is used to compute the relative power values for the offsets. When the state is set to auto, this value is set to the measured carrier reference power.
  • Page 962 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup the measured carrier power spectral density. For WLAN 802.11ac (80 MHz + 80 MHz), the higher of the power density readouts of the two carriers is used for computing the relative PSD values for the offset. Key Path Meas Setup, Ref Chan, Power Ref Mode...
  • Page 963 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Carrier sub op code. 1 for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies See Couplings Couplings...
  • Page 964 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2[:RESolution]:AUTO? Example SEM:BAND 100 kHz SEM:BAND? SEM:BAND:AUTO ON SEM:BAND:AUTO? Notes Bandwidth sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.
  • Page 965 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:VIDeo <bandwidth> [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:VIDeo? [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:VIDeo:AUTO OFF|ON|1|0 [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:VIDeo:AUTO? Example SEM:BAND:VID 100 kHz SEM:BAND:VID? SEM:BAND:VID:AUTO ON SEM:BAND:VID:AUTO? Notes Bandwidth sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command.
  • Page 966 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup VBW/RBW Sets the Video BW/Resolution BW Ratio to calculate the Channel Resolution BW and Channel Video BW. The VBW/RBW Ratio can be set manually or put in to auto mode. Key Path Meas Setup, Ref Channel Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA mode, 1xEVDO, DTMB (CTTB), DVB-T/H, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD...
  • Page 967 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Offset/Limits Accesses a menu that enables you to set up the measurement parameters for offset pairs. For example, you can assign the start and stop frequencies, select the resolution bandwidth, and set the sweep time. When in the MSR and LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode, the softkey label changes to Outer Offset/Limits.
  • Page 968 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Example SEM:OFFS2:LIST:FREQ:STAR 2.515 MHz, , 2.715 MHz, , 3.515 MHz, , 4.00 MHz, , 8.00 MHz, , 12.50 MHz SEM:OFFS2:LIST:FREQ:STAR? SEM:OFFS:LIST:STAT ON, , ON, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF SEM:OFFS:LIST:STAT? Notes Comma separated list of values.
  • Page 969 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup WLAN: if Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM)/802.11n(20MHz): 9 MHz, , 11 MHz, , 20 MHz, , 30 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11b/g(DSSS/CCK/PBCC): 11 MHz, , 22 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 70 MHz, , 90 MHz, , 100 MHz , , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz if Radio Std is ...
  • Page 970 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup if Radio Std is 802.11ac (20 MHz/ 40 MHz/ 80 MHz/ 160 MHz): ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF if Radio Std is 802.11ac (80 MHz + 80 MHz): ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF MSR:ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF|ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, ,...
  • Page 971 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup WCDMA:2.715 MHz, , 3.515 MHz, , 4.000 MHz, , 8.000 MHz, , 12.50 MHz, , 15.0 MHz|3.485 MHz, , 7.500 MHz, , 8.500 MHz, , 12.00 MHz, , 15.00 MHz, , 18.0 MHz C2K: 780.0kHz, , 1.980 MHz, , 4.0 MHz, , 4.0 MHz, , 12.0 MHz, , 12.0 MHz|1.980 MHz4 .0 MHz, , 4.0 MHz, , 11.5 MHz, , 14.5 MHz, , 14.5 MHz WIMAX OFDMA: 5.45 MHz, , 9.75 MHz, 14.75 MHz, , 19.75 MHz, , 24.75 MHz, , 29.75 MHz |5.45...
  • Page 972 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup 240 MHz, , 260 MHz, , 260 MHz, , 260 MHz, , 260 MHz, , 260 MHz, , 260 MHz MSR: 215kHz, , 1.015MHz, , 1.5MHz, , 10.5MHz, , 50MHz, , 50MHz, , 50MHz, , 50MHz, , 50MHz, , 50MHz, , 50MHz, , 50MHz LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD: 5.05 MHz, , 10.05 MHz, , 15 MHz, , 30 MHz, , 40 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 50 MHz | 985.0 kHz, , 4.50 MHz, , 5.5001 MHz, , 9.50...
  • Page 973 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Modes (except MSR, , LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD and WLAN) without option N9060A–7FP: ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON Modes (except MSR, , LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD and WLAN) with option N9060A–7FP: ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON WLAN: ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, , ON, ON, ON, ON MSR: ON,ON,ON,ON,ON,ON,ON,ON,ON,ON,ON,ON...
  • Page 974 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:SIDE BOTH | NEGative | POSitive, … [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:SIDE? Example SEM:OFFS:LIST:SIDE BOTH, , NEG, , NEG, , POS, , POS, , POS SEM:OFFS:LIST:SIDE? Notes Comma separated list of values.
  • Page 975 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth[:RESolution] <bandwidth>, … [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth[:RESolution]? [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO OFF | ON | 1 | 0, … [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO? Example SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND 30.0 kHz, , 30.0 kHz, , 30.0 kHz, , 1.00 MHz, 1.00 MHz, , 1.00 MHz SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND? SEM:OFFS:LIST:BAND:AUTO 1,1,1,1,1,1 SEM:OFFS:LIST:BAND:AUTO?
  • Page 976 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup MSR: 30kHz, , 30kHz, , 30kHz, , 1.0MHz, 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz | 30kHz, , 30kHz, , 30kHz, , 1.0MHz, 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, , 1.0MHz, 1.0MHz LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD: 51 kHz, , 100 kHz, , 1.0 MHz, , 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, , 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz | 15.0 kHz, , 510 kHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0...
  • Page 977 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:IMULti <integer>, … [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:IMULti? Example SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:IMUL 1,1,1,1,1,1 SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:IMUL? Notes Comma separated list of values. OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.
  • Page 978 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Missing values are not permitted; that is, if you want to change values 2 and 6, you must send all values up to 6. Subsequent values will remain as they were. The query for this parameter always returns 12 values. Key Path Meas Setup, Offset/Limits Mode...
  • Page 979 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Missing values are not permitted; that is, if you want to change values 2 and 6, you must send all values up to 6. Subsequent values will remain as they were. The query for this parameter always returns 12 values. Key Path Meas Setup, Offset/Limits Mode...
  • Page 980 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup , OFF State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0.00001 3000000 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00, A.10.00, A.11.00, A.14.00 Limits Accesses a menu that enables you to set the power limits for start and stop frequencies of the selected offsets.
  • Page 981 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Missing values are not permitted; that is, if you want to change values 2 and 6, you must send all values up to 6. Subsequent values will remain as they were. The query for this parameter always returns 12 values. Key Path Meas Setup, Offset/Limit, Limits Mode...
  • Page 982 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup 24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm if Radio Std is 802.11b/g(DSSS/CCK/PBCC): –10 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm if Radio Std is 802.11n(20MHz) or 802.11ac(20MHz): 16.00 dBm, , –4.00 dBm, , –12.00 dBm, , –...
  • Page 983 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:STOP:ABSolute <real>, … [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:STOP:ABSolute? [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:STOP:ABSolute:COUPle ON | OFF | 1 | 0, … [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:STOP:ABSolute:COUPle? Example SEM:OFFS:LIST:STOP:ABS –12.50 dBm, , –24.50 dBm, , –24.50 dBm, , –11.50 dBm, , –11.50 dBm, , –11.50 dBm SEM:OFFS1:LIST:STOP:ABS? SEM:OFFS:LIST:STOP:ABS:COUP ON, , OFF, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON SEM:OFFS:LIST:STOP:ABS:COUP?
  • Page 984 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup if Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM): –4.00 dBm, , –12.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm, , – 24.00 dBm, , –24.00 dBm if Radio Std is 802.11b/g(DSSS/CCK/PBCC): –10 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm, , –30 dBm...

  • Page 985: Rel Start

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup , ON, , ON MSR: ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF|ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD: OFF, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON|ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON...
  • Page 986 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup when frequency changed to above 5GHz: 0 dB, –20.00 dB, –28.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB Preset For modes (except MSR, , LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD and WLAN) without option N9060A–7FP, , the preset value is as follows.

  • Page 987: Rel Stop

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup 0 dB, , 0 dB|0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 988 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup If the current mode is WLAN and radio std is 802.11n, Rel Stop limits will be set to following values when frequency changed to above 5GHz: –20.00 dB, –28.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, – 40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB, –40.00 dB Preset For modes (except MSR, , LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD and WLAN) without option N9060A–7FP, , the...

  • Page 989: Fail Mask

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup dB, , –40.00 dB, , –40.00 dB, , –40.00 dB, , –40.00 dB, , –40.00 dB, , –40.00 dB, , –40.00 dB MSR, , LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD: 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB|0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB, , 0 dB For modes (except MSR, , LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD and WLAN) without option N9060A–7FP, , the preset value is as follows.
  • Page 990 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup • OR checks against both limits, failing if either of the limits is broken. • AND will only display a fail if both of the limits are broken. The absolute or relative power limit value for each offset channel can be set remotely with [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[n][:OUTer]:LIST:ABSolute or [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[n] [:OUTer]:LIST:RCARrier.

  • Page 991: Offset Freq Define

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup if Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM) or 802.11b/g(DSSS/CCK/PBCC): REL, , REL, , REL, , REL, , REL, , REL, , REL, , REL, , REL, , REL, , REL, , REL if Radio Std is 802.11n(20MHz/40MHz): REL, , REL, , REL, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND if Radio Std is 802.11ac (20 MHz/ 40 MHz/ 80 MHz/ 160 MHz): REL, , REL, , REL, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND, , AND...
  • Page 992 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup WLAN Mode Reference...

  • Page 993: Mask Control (Only For Wlan)

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup, Offset/Limits Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2:TYPE CTOCenter | CTOEdge | ETOCenter | ETOEdge [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2:TYPE? Example...

  • Page 994: Standard

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Example SEM:MASK:STATe STD SEM:MASK:STATe? Notes You must be in the WLAN mode to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies See Couplings Couplings When the value of “Mask State” key is Std, the parameters displayed on the Offset/Limits menu will be automatically changed according to WLAN standard.

  • Page 995: Ieee

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Notes FCA = FCC Class A FCB = FCC Class B FCC = FCC Class C FCD = FCC Class D ESCH1 = ETSI CCH SCH1/5/6 ESCH2 = ETSI SCH2/3 ESCH4 = ETSI SCH4 Dependencies Grayed out if radio standard is NOT 802.11a/g/j/p 20MHz, 802.11j/p 10MHz, 802.11p 5MHz. ...

  • Page 996: Fcc Class C

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup, Mask Control, Standard Example SEM:MASK:STAN FCB Notes If FCC Class B is selected, the mask defined in FCC 11p standard for STA transmit power class B will be used as auto standard mask. Readback FCC Class B Initial S/W Revision...

  • Page 997: Etsi Sch2/3

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup ETSI SCH2/3 Select Europe ETSI standard, and the mask defined for SCH2 and SCH3 channels will be used. Key Path Meas Setup, Mask Control, Standard Example SEM:MASK:STAN ESCH2 Notes If ESCH2 is selected, the mask defined in ETSI 11p standard for G5-SCH2 and G5-SCH3 channels will be used as auto standard mask.

  • Page 998: Filter Alpha

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup 1|ON = RRC Weight, 0|OFF = IntegBW You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies WLAN: RRC Weight is not supported when the radio standard is WLAN 802.11ac (80+80MHz). Preset SA, , WIMAX OFDMA, , DVB-T/H, , ISDB-T, , CMMB, , LTE, , LTETDD, , WLAN, , MSR, , LTEAFDD, , LTEATDD: OFF...
  • Page 999 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DTMB (CTTB), DVB-T/H, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command :CONFigure:SEMask Example CONF:SEM Notes You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.

  • Page 1000: Mode

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Mode Mode "Mode" on page 180 1000 WLAN Mode Reference...

Table of Contents